WO2017145730A1 - Wearable device - Google Patents

Wearable device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017145730A1
WO2017145730A1 PCT/JP2017/004269 JP2017004269W WO2017145730A1 WO 2017145730 A1 WO2017145730 A1 WO 2017145730A1 JP 2017004269 W JP2017004269 W JP 2017004269W WO 2017145730 A1 WO2017145730 A1 WO 2017145730A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
user
unit
information
authentication
wearing
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2017/004269
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
勝豊 井上
達哉 北澤
細見 浩昭
Original Assignee
セイコーエプソン株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2016092314A external-priority patent/JP2017201441A/en
Priority claimed from JP2016096809A external-priority patent/JP2017151943A/en
Application filed by セイコーエプソン株式会社 filed Critical セイコーエプソン株式会社
Priority to US16/079,448 priority Critical patent/US20190053739A1/en
Publication of WO2017145730A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017145730A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/02Detecting, measuring or recording pulse, heart rate, blood pressure or blood flow; Combined pulse/heart-rate/blood pressure determination; Evaluating a cardiovascular condition not otherwise provided for, e.g. using combinations of techniques provided for in this group with electrocardiography or electroauscultation; Heart catheters for measuring blood pressure
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/117Identification of persons
    • A61B5/1171Identification of persons based on the shapes or appearances of their bodies or parts thereof
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F21/00Security arrangements for protecting computers, components thereof, programs or data against unauthorised activity
    • G06F21/30Authentication, i.e. establishing the identity or authorisation of security principals
    • G06F21/31User authentication
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F21/00Security arrangements for protecting computers, components thereof, programs or data against unauthorised activity
    • G06F21/30Authentication, i.e. establishing the identity or authorisation of security principals
    • G06F21/31User authentication
    • G06F21/32User authentication using biometric data, e.g. fingerprints, iris scans or voiceprints

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a mounted device, a payment system, and a payment method.
  • Patent Document 1 a wearing device that is worn on a body such as a user's wrist and performs personal authentication using the user's biometric information has been known.
  • the personal authentication result is transmitted to the external device, and the user who has been personally authenticated can operate the external device.
  • the present invention has been made in order to solve at least a part of the above-described problems. During a period when the result of personal authentication is valid as information, the result of personal authentication is performed without performing user personal authentication processing again. It is to provide a mounting device that outputs.
  • a mounting device is a mounting device that can be mounted on a user, and an authentication unit that performs personal authentication of the user on which the mounting device is mounted, and mounting of the mounting device
  • a detection unit that detects a state; a determination unit that determines whether the result of personal authentication is valid or invalid based on the wearing state detected by the detection unit; and If the determination unit determines that the result of the personal authentication is valid after the user is authenticated, the personal authentication by the authentication unit is omitted and the result of the personal authentication is output.
  • a control unit is a control unit.
  • the mounted device determines whether the personal authentication result is valid or invalid based on the mounting state after the personal authentication is performed, and outputs the determined result. For example, it outputs that the result of personal authentication is valid during a period in which the wearing state continues after personal authentication. During this time, personal authentication is not performed each time. Therefore, during the period when the result of personal authentication is valid, the result of personal authentication can be output without performing user personal authentication processing again.
  • the mounting device further includes a receiving unit that receives a mounting release instruction for the mounting device, and a notification unit that stimulates a sense of a living body including at least one of visual, auditory, and tactile information.
  • the control unit includes the notification unit in a case where the mounting state is not mounted by the detection unit when the user has not received the mounting release instruction from the receiving unit. It is characterized by announcing abnormality information.
  • the wearing device has a function of preventing unauthorized use of the wearing device when the wearing device is released against the user's intention.
  • the storage device further stores financial processing information that enables financial processing using at least one of a credit card function, a cash card function, a debit card function, and a net banking function.
  • the control unit is determined to validate the result of the personal authentication by the determination unit after the user who has mounted the wearing device is authenticated by the authentication unit. In this case, the financial processing is executed, and when it is determined that the result of the personal authentication is invalid, the financial processing is not executable.
  • financial processing can be performed on a personally-equipped wearable device, and financial processing cannot be performed on a wearable device that has not been personally authenticated. This prevents impersonation by anyone other than the user.
  • the mounting device further includes a mounting portion for mounting on the user, the mounting portion having an annular shape around the wrist of the user, An opening / closing part that opens and closes an annular shape is provided, and the detection part detects the attachment state as non-attachment when the opening / closing part is opened.
  • the mounting unit may be a belt that mounts the mounting device on the wrist
  • the opening / closing unit may be, for example, one that fixes the belt to the arm with a pin-back buckle.
  • the mounting device further includes a mounting portion for mounting on the user, the mounting portion having an annular shape around the wrist of the user, An adjustment unit that variably adjusts the circumferential length of the annular shape, and the detection unit detects that the mounting state is not mounted when the adjustment unit becomes longer by a predetermined length than the circumferential length of the mounting state It is characterized by doing.
  • the mounting unit is, for example, a bracelet that mounts a mounting device on the wrist
  • the adjustment unit is, for example, a single-open type, both-holes that are mounted on the wrist with a variable ring-shaped circumference. What is fixed to the arm with a buckle such as a double lock type can be employed.
  • the authentication unit acquires the user's biometric information and performs the personal authentication.
  • the authentication unit performs the personal authentication based on a password entered by the user.
  • an individual can be identified by a personal identification number stored by the user.
  • the authentication unit is connected to an authentication server via a computer communication network, and collates information acquired from the user with the user's unique information stored in the authentication server, It is characterized by performing authentication.
  • personal authentication can be performed by using abundant unique information stored in the authentication server. For example, the accuracy of personal authentication can be improved.
  • the wearing device further includes a biological reaction information acquisition unit that detects a biological reaction of the user and acquires biological reaction information, and the determination unit uses the biological reaction information acquisition unit to detect the biological reaction. Whether to validate or invalidate the result of the personal authentication is determined based on information indicating whether or not the information is continuously detected.
  • the wearing device further includes a timekeeping unit that measures time, a position information obtaining unit that obtains a position of the wearing device, and a living body that detects biological reaction of the user and obtains biological reaction information. And at least one of a reaction information acquisition unit, and the authentication unit, when the time is a predetermined time, when the position is out of a predetermined range, and when the biological reaction information has changed, The personal authentication of the user is performed in at least one of the cases.
  • the personal authentication when the biological reaction information is not continuously detected, the personal authentication can be performed and reconfirmed. Also, personal authentication can be performed when the predetermined time comes or when the position of the mounted device is out of the predetermined range. Even when wearing is continued, personal authentication is performed at the above-described timing, which can be used, for example, to prevent unauthorized use.
  • the mounting device further includes a temporary reception unit that receives temporary mounting release of the mounting device, and the control unit receives the temporary mounting release from the personally authenticated user.
  • the authentication unit is allowed to perform simple personal authentication.
  • the detection unit detects a contact pressure on the wrist of the user and detects the wearing state based on the contact pressure when the user wears the wrist.
  • the mounting device further includes a power generating unit that generates power, and the mounting device is operated by power from the power generating unit.
  • the mounting device since the mounting device includes the power generating unit that generates power, for example, it is possible to improve the normal operability in the mounted state.
  • a wearing device is a wearing device that can be worn by a first user and a second user, and the first user and the second user wearing the wearing device.
  • An authentication unit that performs personal authentication of a person, a detection unit that detects a mounting state of the mounting device, and whether the result of the personal authentication is valid or invalid based on the mounting state detected by the detection unit
  • a determination processing unit that performs information processing necessary for determining whether to perform, a control unit that outputs information based on a result of the personal authentication by the authentication unit, an inheritance reception unit that receives a right inheritance instruction of the mounted device, It is characterized by providing.
  • the right is inherited between the first user and the second user by the inheritance receiving unit.
  • the information based on the result of personal authentication of the first user (user) performed on the wearing device can be sent to the second user (agent) by an easy process such as receiving a right inheritance instruction from the first user.
  • safety can be improved by performing personal authentication of the second user. Therefore, it is possible to provide a mounting device that can easily pass on the result of the personal authentication of the first user (user) performed by the mounting device to the second user (agent) with easy processing. it can.
  • the wearing device further includes a notification unit that stimulates and informs a sense of a living body including at least one of visual, auditory, and tactile information.
  • the control unit when the personal authentication of the second user is performed by the authentication unit when the inheritance reception unit is not inheriting the right inheritance instruction from the first user, Non-inheritance information is notified by a notification unit.
  • the second user wearing the wearing device can acquire the non-inheritance information that the right is not inherited by the first user from the notification unit.
  • the mounting device further includes a storage unit that stores first user information related to the first user
  • the control unit includes: When the inheritance acceptance unit accepts the right inheritance instruction from the first user to the second user, the authentication unit performs the personal authentication of the second user, and the determination process When the result of the personal authentication of the second user is determined to be valid by the unit, the first user information of the first user is output.
  • the wearing device that has been subjected to the personal authentication of the second user can output the first user information when inheriting a right inheritance instruction from the first user.
  • the first user information includes My Number information, credit card information, cash card information, debit card information, and net banking information of the first user. It is characterized by including at least one of these.
  • the first user information can include the personal identification number of the first user and financial information.
  • the authentication unit acquires biometric information of users including the first user and the second user, and the individual It is characterized by performing authentication.
  • the authentication unit performs the personal authentication using a personal identification number input by the user.
  • the individual user can be identified by the password stored by the user.
  • the authentication unit is connected to an authentication server via a computer communication network, and information acquired from the user is stored in the authentication server.
  • the personal authentication is performed by collating with the unique information of the user.
  • personal authentication can be performed by using abundant unique information stored in the authentication server. For example, the accuracy of personal authentication can be improved.
  • the mounting device further includes a biological reaction information acquisition unit that detects a biological reaction of the user and acquires biological reaction information.
  • the determination processing unit validates or invalidates the result of the personal authentication based on information on whether or not the biological reaction information is continuously detected by the biological reaction information acquisition unit. It is characterized by determining.
  • the mounting device further includes a time measuring unit that measures time, a position information acquisition unit that acquires a position of the mounting device, A biological reaction information acquisition unit that detects biological reaction of the user and acquires biological reaction information, and the authentication unit has a predetermined range when the time is a predetermined time.
  • the personal authentication of the user is performed in at least one of a case where the user is out of the range and a case where the biological reaction information is changed.
  • the personal authentication when the biological reaction information is not continuously detected, the personal authentication can be performed and reconfirmed. Also, personal authentication can be performed when the predetermined time comes or when the position of the mounted device is out of the predetermined range. Even when wearing is continued, personal authentication is performed at the above-described timing, which can be used, for example, to prevent unauthorized use.
  • the mounting device further includes a power generating unit that generates power, and the mounting device receives power from the power generating unit. It operates by.
  • the mounting device since the mounting device includes the power generating unit that generates power, for example, it is possible to improve the normal operability in the mounted state.
  • the right is transferred between the first user and the second user in the wearing device in which the first user and the second user are personally authenticated.
  • a payment process based on financial information owned by a first user who is personally authenticated by the mounting device can be performed by a second user who is inherited by the mounting device and personally authenticated.
  • the settlement method according to this application example can be worn by the first user and the second user, and can be worn by the first user and the second user.
  • the first user wears the wearing device and performs the personal authentication, the first user inherits the right of the wearing device to the second user, and the second user However, by mounting the wearing device and performing the personal authentication, the second user can make a payment using the wearing device on behalf of the first user.
  • summary of the utilization form of a mounting apparatus Explanatory drawing showing the outline
  • the block diagram which shows schematic structure of a mounting apparatus. The figure which shows an example of a personal information table. The figure which shows an example of result data.
  • the flowchart which shows the flow of a main control process.
  • the flowchart which shows the flow of a mounting
  • the flowchart which shows the flow of an authentication request process.
  • summary of the utilization form of the mounting apparatus concerning a modification Explanatory drawing showing the outline
  • FIG. 1 is an explanatory diagram showing an outline of a usage form of a mounted device.
  • the wearing device 1 is a terminal worn on the wrist of the user U as a user.
  • the wearing device 1 incorporates a display unit 31 that performs various types of flexible display that can be deformed flexibly on a band 11 that is wound around the wrist, and a touch panel operation unit 37 that covers the display unit 31.
  • the wearing device 1 shown in FIG. 1 is attached to the left wrist of the user U, and is provided with a display unit 31 and an operation unit 37 on the back B side of the hand, and a band 11 on the palm F side of the same left hand.
  • An opening / closing part 12 to be mounted and fixed is provided.
  • control unit 50 that is a CPU (Central Processing Unit), a biometric information detection unit 20 that detects biometric information of the user U, and a communication unit 41 that transmits and receives various data through wireless communication are associated with the inside of the band 11. It is built in with the circuit to do.
  • CPU Central Processing Unit
  • biometric information detection unit 20 that detects biometric information of the user U
  • communication unit 41 that transmits and receives various data through wireless communication
  • the fee system 5 pays the fee for the service used by the user U based on financial processing information that enables financial processing such as card information such as cash card, credit card, and debit card and account information such as net banking. This is a fee system for processing (corresponding to financial processing).
  • the fee system 5 is installed in a place where a fee is paid, and transmits a command RQ requesting card information to the mounted device 1 by wireless communication when the user U approaches.
  • the mounted device 1 transmits a command RP including card information to the fee system 5 after the time T has elapsed.
  • the card information of the user U is stored in the storage unit 70 (described later).
  • the mounted device 1 needs to determine whether or not the card information can be transmitted to the fee system 5. That is, it is necessary to transmit the card information of the user U after obtaining confirmation that the person wearing the mounting device 1 is the user U (user U who uses the service). For this purpose, a personal authentication process for the user U is performed.
  • the mounted device 1 needs to promptly transmit the card information.
  • ETC registered trademark
  • ETC Electronic Toll Collection
  • the mounting device 1 is a substitute for the vehicle-mounted device in which the existing ETC card and the ETC card are inserted. That is, transmission / reception of card information and the like by the mounted device 1 needs to be processed within a certain time that is transmitted / received by at least the existing vehicle-mounted device and the ETC card.
  • the authentication process takes a considerable amount of time.
  • vein image capturing and pattern analysis processing are performed. Such processing requires time for imaging processing and pattern analysis processing. Even if there is technology that can be processed at high speed, if the user U needs to readjust the mounting position of the mounted device during the personal authentication process, the time spent for the process cannot be predicted and is undefined. is there.
  • a person wearing the wearing device 1 in a certain period of time can depend on the user U without depending on the time required for the personal authentication process of the user U and the time for the operation performed during the personal authentication process by the user U
  • the user U's card information and the like can be transmitted with the confirmation that the user U is obtained (with the result that the user U is personally authenticated).
  • FIG. 2 is a diagram for explaining the outline of the authentication sequence.
  • the sequence diagram shown in FIG. 2 shows a part of the operation (U) performed by the user U, the process of the control unit 50 of the mounted device 1 and the process of the charge system 5 along the time flow (from top to bottom).
  • the control part 50 has the authentication process part 57 and the determination process part 59 as a function part.
  • the wearing device 1 When the user U wears the wearing device 1 (operation P1), the wearing device 1 performs personal authentication processing of the user U (authentication processing unit 57). In the personal authentication process, the vein pattern of the user U registered in advance in the wearing device 1 is collated with the vein pattern analyzed from the vein image captured by controlling the imaging sensor 21.
  • time T1 the time required for the personal authentication process is time T1.
  • operation P3 a time period from the user U removing the mounted device 1 to unmounting
  • the charge system 5 sends a command RQ1 for requesting card information for the payment process to the mounted device 1.
  • the determination processing unit 59 and the control unit 50 perform processing corresponding to the command RQ1, and transmit (answer) the command RP1 including the card information of the user U.
  • the control unit 50 determines that the result of the personal authentication processing is valid without executing the personal authentication processing by the authentication processing unit 57, so that the person wearing the mounting device 1 can change the user U.
  • the user U's card information is transmitted to the charge system 5 side.
  • a processing time from when the control unit 50 receives the command RQ1 to when the command RP1 is returned is a time T3.
  • a command RQ2 requesting card information is transmitted to the mounting device 1.
  • the determination processing unit 59 transmits (answers) the command RP2 including the card information of the user U by the same processing as described above.
  • a processing time from the reception of the command RQ2 by the control unit 50 until the reply of the command RP2 is defined as time T4.
  • the payment process 5B is a process of the fee system 5, but may be a process of a system different from the fee system 5.
  • the time T1 is a time required for the personal authentication process, and includes the processing time for executing the imaging process and the pattern analysis process in the example described above. Further, when the vein pattern is not collated, the cause may be the influence of the deviation of the imaging position (vein position), so that it is necessary for the user U to adjust the mounting position of the mounting device 1 or the like. Become. Therefore, the time T1 requires an uncertain time in addition to at least the predetermined time required for the analysis of the personal authentication process. In the prior art, when a request for card information or the like is made from the fee system 5, a time T1 is required for replying each time.
  • the determination processing unit 59 that is processed during the time period T2 reads the content of the flag that stores whether the result of the personal authentication processing is valid or invalid, and determines the flag data.
  • the processing steps are not indefinite and are fixed (details will be described later). That is, the time T3 and the time T4 are shorter than the time T1 and fixed time.
  • the commands RP1 and RP2 can be acquired by waiting for an answer to the transmitted commands RQ1 and RQ2 for a predetermined time.
  • the configuration of the mounting device 1 capable of obtaining such an effect will be described in detail below.
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram illustrating a schematic configuration of the mounted device.
  • the mounting device 1 includes a mounting unit 10, a biological information detection unit 20, a notification unit 30, an operation unit 37, a timing unit 39, a communication unit 41, a control unit 50, and a storage unit 70.
  • the mounted device 1 is connected to the fee system 5 via the communication 7.
  • the mounting part 10 includes a band 11 and an opening / closing part 12.
  • the band 11 and the opening / closing part 12 are members that fix the mounting device 1 by winding it around the user's wrist in an annular shape.
  • the opening / closing part 12 is a buckle provided with a switch sensor.
  • the buckle may be of any type such as a single opening type, a double hole type, a double lock type, or a pin back type.
  • the switch sensor is provided in the opening / closing operation part of the buckle. In a state where the band 11 is fixed to the wrist, the switch is turned on and an ON signal is output from the opening / closing unit 12. When the band 11 is removed from the wrist, an OFF signal is output from the opening / closing unit 12.
  • the ON / OFF signal output from the opening / closing unit 12 is output to the control unit 50.
  • the switch sensor may be disposed at an arbitrary position on the wrist side of the band 11 in a state where the band 11 is wound around the wrist. In this configuration, the switch is turned on by pressing the wrist while being attached to the wrist, and the switch is turned off when the switch is removed from the wrist. Moreover, it may replace with a switch sensor and may be a press sensor which detects pushing pressure value. In the case of a pressure sensor, pressure data can be output without being limited to an ON / OFF signal.
  • the biological information detection unit 20 includes an imaging sensor 21, a biological sensor 23, and the like.
  • the imaging sensor 21 is a light source and a CCD (Charge Coupled Device) sensor, and the light source and the CCD are disposed on the wrist side of the user in a state where the mounting device 1 is mounted on the wrist of the user.
  • the irradiation light of the light source is irradiated to the user from, for example, an LED (Light Emitting Diode) light source that emits near infrared rays.
  • the CCD generates an imaging signal (image signal) by photoelectrically converting the amount of received light reflected by a blood vessel covering the human body.
  • a vein image signal is extracted from the generated image using the characteristic that reduced hemoglobin in venous blood easily absorbs near infrared rays.
  • the extracted vein image signal is output to the control unit 50.
  • the imaging sensor 21 may use a CMOS sensor.
  • the biological sensor 23 is a sensor such as a pulse wave sensor or a temperature sensor, and is disposed on the wrist side of the user, detects a biological reaction such as the user's pulse wave waveform and skin temperature, and outputs biological reaction information.
  • the pulse wave sensor has a light emitting element such as an LED and a light receiving element such as a photodiode. The light emitted from the light emitting element is reflected by the blood vessel of the user's wrist, and the reflected light is collected and received by the light receiving element. To do.
  • the pulse wave sensor detects the pulse wave waveform of the user from the variation information of the amount of received light by using a phenomenon in which the reflectance of light is different between when the blood vessel is dilated and when it is contracted.
  • the detected pulse wave waveform data is output to the control unit 50.
  • the temperature sensor is a known sensor that detects the temperature of the skin temperature of the wrist, the subcutaneous depth, or the like in contact or non-contact. The detected temperature signal is output to
  • the notification unit 30 includes a display unit 31, a sound output unit 33, a vibration unit 35, and the like.
  • the display unit 31 is a display device capable of displaying characters and icons, and is, for example, a flexible dot matrix type EPD (Electrophoretic Display) that can be flexibly deformed as described above.
  • EPD Electrophoretic Display
  • Various information is displayed based on the display signal input from the control unit 50.
  • the sound output unit 33 includes a piezoelectric buzzer, a piezoelectric vibrator, a piezoelectric speaker, and the like, and is a sound output device that performs various notifications based on an output signal input from the control unit 50.
  • the vibration unit 35 is a piezoelectric vibrator or a micro vibration motor, and is driven based on a signal input from the control unit 50 to vibrate the mounting device 1.
  • the operation unit 37 is an input device configured to include a touch sensor, a touch panel, or the like that covers the display surface of the display unit 31, and detects a touched part by a method such as a capacitance method or a resistance film method. A detection signal is output to the control unit 50. Note that the configuration of the operation unit 37 is not limited to this, and any configuration that allows a plurality of operation inputs may be used.
  • the operation unit 37 includes an acceleration sensor, acquires an acceleration signal, and generates each acceleration signal generation pattern. A configuration in which an operation by a user is analyzed and output to the control unit 50 as an operation signal may be employed.
  • the timekeeping unit 39 is a real-time clock and has timekeeping functions such as a timer function, a calendar function, and a clock function. Time data such as the date and time that the time measuring unit 39 is measuring is read by the control unit 50.
  • the communication unit 41 is a short-range wireless adapter with reduced power consumption as a preferred example, such as a terminal such as a fee system 5, a register terminal, an ATM (Automated Teller Machine), various fee payment machines, a PC (Personal Computer), a smartphone.
  • Various data such as (multi-function mobile phone) are connected so that various data can be communicated.
  • the short-range wireless adapter only needs to be equipped with a method that is common to the method used in a system that requires payment processing.
  • a Bluetooth (Bluetooth) adapter a system that performs payment processing is ETC, etc. If there is, a 5.8 GHz band active DSRC (Dedicated Short-Range Communication) may be used.
  • the communication unit 41 When the communication unit 41 receives various data from an external device such as the fee system 5, the communication unit 41 outputs the received data to the control unit 50. For example, when a command RQ requesting card information is received from the fee system 5, the command RQ is output to the control unit 50, and transmitted to the fee system 5 when a command RP or the like transmitted from the control unit 50 is input.
  • the communication unit 41 is equipped with IP (Internet Protocol) as a public wireless LAN adapter, and can communicate with various servers of the Internet and intranets and other IoT (Internet of Things) devices via a network as a computer communication network. May be connected.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • the control unit 50 includes a processor such as a CPU or a DSP (Digital Signal Processor), and is a control device and an arithmetic device that collectively control each unit of the mounted device 1.
  • the control unit 50 realizes various functions of the mounted device 1 according to various programs including a control program (not shown) stored in the storage unit 70.
  • the control unit 50 includes a detection processing unit 52, a request detection processing unit 56, an authentication processing unit 57, a determination processing unit 59, a reception processing unit 61, and a notification processing unit 63 as main functional units.
  • the functions of the mounted device 1 are realized by comprehensive control by the event processing unit 67. Further, the control unit 50 executes the function of the initial registration unit 65 before the above-described function unit is realized.
  • the initial registration unit 65 performs initial registration of a user who uses the mounted device 1. Specifically, the initial registration unit 65 controls the operation unit 37 and the display unit 31 to acquire information such as user personal information and card information. The acquired information is stored in the storage unit 70 as a personal information table 72 (FIG. 4). At the time of storage, the control unit 50 generates a UID (User Identification) for identifying the user and manages it as user information.
  • UID User Identification
  • FIG. 4 is a diagram illustrating an example of the personal information table.
  • a column 72A, a column 72B, a column 72C, a column 72D, a row 72G, a row 72H, a row 72J, and a row 72K are shown.
  • the column 72A stores the UID.
  • the column 72B stores service types, the column 72C stores card numbers, and the column 72D stores incidental information.
  • the row 72G indicates that the credit card service of the user whose UID is “0001” is “A card”, the card number is “01234567890123456789”, and the incidental information is “012”.
  • the row 72H indicates that the personal information type of the user “0001”, which is the same as the row 72G, is “My Number” and the number is “000011112222”.
  • information of the user having the UID “0002” is stored in the same format as the UID “0001”.
  • Personal information is, for example, information such as my number, name, age, and address, and can be transmitted when requested by the fee system 5 or another system.
  • the card information is, for example, a credit card number, a debit card number, a cash card number, or the like, and a security code, a password, or the like is stored as incidental information as necessary.
  • the initial registration unit 65 controls the operation unit 37 and the display unit 31 to prompt the user to wear the wearing device 1, and after the user wears the wearing device 1, biometric information that identifies the individual user is detected.
  • the biological information is a vein image signal with high individual identification accuracy.
  • the initial registration unit 65 controls the biological information detection unit 20 to acquire a vein image signal.
  • the feature point data of the vein pattern is calculated from the acquired vein image signal by applying known processing such as image binarization processing, thinning processing, feature point extraction, and the like.
  • the feature point data includes, for example, a plurality of feature point data such as the interval and number of branch points of the vein pattern, the length and shape between the branch points, and the depression angle at the branch point.
  • the initial registration unit 65 calculates the feature point data of the user, it is associated with the user's UID and stored in the storage unit 70 as registration authentication data 81 (FIG. 5).
  • FIG. 5 is a diagram illustrating an example of registration authentication data.
  • the registration authentication data 81 a column 81A and a column 81B are shown.
  • the column 81A stores the UID.
  • Column 81B stores vein pattern feature point data.
  • feature point data A is a numerical data group representing feature points. There may be a plurality of numerical data groups.
  • feature point data B is stored as “feature point data B”.
  • the initial registration operation by the initial registration unit 65 is performed by controlling the operation unit 37 and the display unit 31, it communicates bidirectionally with other PCs and smartphones via the communication unit 41, Information such as user personal information and card information may be input on the smartphone side.
  • the mounting device 1 may be configured to receive such information and store it in the storage unit 70.
  • the event processing unit 67 sets a mechanism for controlling each functional unit in the event driving method in the control unit 50, and starts an event processing loop.
  • the various events include an event that detects the mounting of the mounting device 1 (mounting event IV1), an event that detects that the mounting device 1 is unmounted (non-mounting event IV3), and an event that receives a payment request from the fee system 5 (payment request). Event IV5).
  • the process moves to an event handler (not shown) set for each event type.
  • the event handler is a function in which processing corresponding to each event is described, and executes each functional unit as necessary to realize processing corresponding to the event. The flow of this process will be described later with reference to the flowcharts shown in FIGS.
  • the detection processing unit 52 includes an attachment detection unit 53 and a non-attachment detection unit 55.
  • the wearing detection unit 53 detects that the wearing device 1 is worn on the user's wrist, and notifies (outputs) the occurrence of the wearing detection event to the event processing unit 67.
  • the mounting detection unit 53 monitors an ON / OFF signal output from the mounting unit 10. When the signal changes from OFF to ON, the mounting event IV1 is output. When the mounting event IV1 is notified to the event processing unit 67, the processing is moved to the event handler by the notification. In this event handler, the function of the authentication processing unit 57 is realized, and it is determined whether or not the user wearing the wearing device 1 is a user registered in advance by the initial registration unit 65. Details of the determination method will be described later in the authentication processing unit 57. If it is determined that the user is a registered user, the user's UID is stored in the result data 85 (FIG. 6).
  • FIG. 6 is a diagram illustrating an example of the result data.
  • a column 85A, a column 85B, a column 85C, and a column 85D are shown.
  • column 85A “0001” indicating a user who has been personally authenticated in “UID” is displayed
  • column 85B “1” indicating that the verification result is matched with “matching result”
  • column 85C “matching time” Is stored in the column 85D
  • “valid flag” is stored with “1” indicating that the content of the verification result is valid.
  • the UID stored in the column 85A of the result data 85 is deleted and becomes “NULL” data (for example, “ ⁇ 1”), and the other column 85B , 85C, 85D are also initialized to “NULL”.
  • the result data 85 includes the UID, the matching result “1”, and the valid flag “1”. If stored and the user is not personally authenticated, the result data 85 is initialized.
  • the non-wearing detection unit 55 detects that the wearing device 1 has been removed from the user's wrist, and notifies (outputs) the occurrence of the non-wearing event IV3 to the event processing unit 67. Specifically, the non-mounting detection unit 55 monitors an ON / OFF signal output from the mounting unit 10. When the signal changes from ON to OFF, a non-wearing event IV3 is output. When the non-wearing event IV3 is notified to the event processing unit 67, the processing is moved to the event handler by the notification. In this event handler, the valid flag in the column 85D (FIG. 6) of the result data 85 is updated to “0”. The validity flag “0” indicates that the user wearing the wearing device 1 has not been personally authenticated (invalidated).
  • the detection processing unit 52 and the biological information detection unit 20 correspond to a detection unit that detects the wearing state.
  • the request detection processing unit 56 monitors the reception data of the communication unit 41, and notifies (outputs) the payment request event IV5 to the event processing unit 67 when the received data is information requesting card information.
  • the request detection processing unit 56 manages information such as a payment processing system (such as the fee system 5), a card company, and a service that can accept payment processing by the mounted device 1 and the user. These pieces of information are stored in advance in the storage unit 70 as a request acceptance source list (not shown). Note that the content of the request reception source list is updated based on information distributed from the information source via the network. In the request detection processing unit 56, it is determined whether or not the received data received from the communication unit 41 is data included in the request receiving source list. IV5 is output to the event processing unit 67.
  • the processing is moved to the event handler by the notification.
  • the determination processing unit 59 is executed to determine whether the personal authentication of the user wearing the wearing device 1 is valid or invalid. If the user personal authentication is valid, an answer corresponding to the received data is generated and transmitted to the fee system 5 via the communication unit 41.
  • the answer corresponding to the received data is, for example, information including card information if the received data is information requesting card information.
  • the content and the transmission / reception procedure corresponding to each company and service are applied.
  • the authentication processing unit 57 performs personal authentication processing when the mounting device 1 is mounted by the user.
  • the authentication processing unit 57 is a functional unit that is implemented by being called from an event handler that is executed by notification of the mounting event IV1.
  • the authentication processing unit 57 controls the biological information detection unit 20 (imaging sensor 21) to acquire a vein image signal as biological information.
  • the feature point data of the vein pattern is calculated from the acquired vein image signal.
  • the same processing as that performed by the initial registration unit 65 is used. That is, by applying image signals having the same vein configuration to the initial registration unit 65 and the authentication processing unit 57, the same feature point data is calculated from each.
  • the authentication processing unit 57 stores the calculated feature point data as acquired authentication data 83 in the storage unit 70.
  • the authentication processing unit 57 collates the feature point data of the registration authentication data 81 registered by the initial registration unit 65 with the feature point data of the acquired authentication data 83. For the collation, for example, determination based on the correlation between the two feature point data groups is used, and a correlation coefficient is calculated. If the correlation coefficient is greater than or equal to a predetermined value, it is determined that there is a strong correlation and the matching results match.
  • the authentication processing unit 57 controls the operation unit 37 and the display unit 31 to mount the mounting unit 10 or the like of the mounting device 1 when the correlation coefficient calculated from the collation result is less than the predetermined value. The user is prompted to adjust the position, finely adjust the position captured by the image sensor 21, etc., and repeat the above collation process.
  • the collation result is determined as a mismatch.
  • the time until the result that the collation result matches is obtained is not constant but indefinite. is there.
  • the authentication processing unit 57 may control the operation unit 37 and the display unit 31 to input a personal identification number known only by the user, an arbitrary character, or a figure.
  • the personal identification number, arbitrary characters and figures are compared and collated with the personal identification number registered in the storage unit 70 of the wearing device 1 in advance. Moreover, you may perform comparison collation combining these methods and the collation by the above-mentioned biometric information.
  • the authentication processing unit 57 may control the communication unit 41 to connect to an authentication server installed in the computer communication network.
  • the authentication server stores user-specific unique information in advance.
  • the unique information may be any information as long as it is information set by the user.
  • the authentication processing unit 57 For example, information such as the above-described biometric information, personal identification number, arbitrary characters and figures, and questions and answers set in advance by the user may be used.
  • the authentication processing unit 57 the information acquired from the user wearing the mounted device 1 is checked against the unique information stored in the authentication server, and a match or mismatch is determined. Further, the personal authentication by the authentication server may be executed redundantly with the above-described collation by the biometric information or the password. Note that the authentication processing unit 57 corresponds to an authentication unit.
  • the determination processing unit 59 determines whether the personal authentication of the user wearing the mounting device 1 is valid or invalid.
  • the determination processing unit 59 is a functional unit that is implemented by being called from an event handler that is executed by notification of the payment request event IV5.
  • the determination processing unit 59 refers to the result data 85 and outputs a determination result by the following (procedure 1) to (procedure 3). Data of the result data 85 is read into an internal variable. ... (Procedure 1) It is determined that the column 85A (UID) is not “NULL”. ...
  • Procedure 1 is a process for reading from the storage unit 70 into an internal variable
  • Procedure 2 is a process for comparing an internal variable with a numerical value
  • Procedure 3 a comparison is made between an internal variable and a numerical value. The process is processed twice.
  • the determination processing unit 59 corresponds to a determination unit.
  • the reception processing unit 61 and the notification processing unit 63 are functional units that function as a pair.
  • the reception processing unit 61 controls the operation unit 37, the notification unit 30, and the like, and receives a mounting release instruction.
  • the notification processing unit 63 when the mounted device 1 is removed (not mounted), the result of personal authentication becomes invalid, and when an instruction to release the mounting is not accepted, a warning sound such as an alarm is output. . With this configuration, when the user removes the mounting device 1 without issuing a mounting release instruction, the user is warned that an unintentional removal action has been performed.
  • the mounting release instruction is a predetermined operation that the user operates on the mounting device 1.
  • the predetermined operation is an operation performed in a state where the user wears the wearing device 1 on the wrist, for example, an operation of inputting a simple password.
  • the reception processing unit 61 determines whether or not a predetermined operation has been established when a predetermined operation corresponding to the mounting release instruction is performed. For example, when inputting a simple password, it is determined whether or not the password matches a password set in advance in the storage unit 70.
  • the mounting release flag (not shown) stored in the storage unit 70 is set to “ON” (indicating that mounting can be released).
  • the mounting release flag is “OFF” (indicating that mounting cannot be released) when the authentication processing unit 57 is called in the event handler of the mounting event IV1 in which the mounting device 1 is mounted and personal authentication is performed.
  • the event handler executed by the notification causes the column 85D (see FIG. The validity flag of 6) is updated to “0”. That is, the result of personal authentication is invalid.
  • This event handler activates the notification processing unit 63 after the processing.
  • the notification processing unit 63 reads the contents of the mounting release flag. If the mounting release flag is not “ON” (including “OFF”), the notification processing unit 63 specifies the volume to the sound output unit 33 and outputs a warning sound.
  • the volume of the warning sound is a volume that stimulates an unspecified number of hearings, and the warning sound may be an alarm sound or an audio signal such as “the mounted device 1 has been stolen”.
  • a display signal indicating a warning may be output to the display unit 31.
  • a display that stimulates an unspecified number of sights such as blinking the display unit 31 is preferable.
  • a vibration signal may be output to the vibration unit 35.
  • the vibration amount of the vibration unit 35 is increased, and if a person other than the user takes away the wearing device 1, it is difficult to wear by stimulating the sense of touch.
  • the structure which outputs electrical stimulation to the site
  • the reception processing unit 61 corresponds to a reception unit
  • the notification processing unit 63 corresponds to a notification unit.
  • the storage unit 70 is configured by a storage device such as a ROM (Read Only Memory), a flash ROM, a RAM (Random Access Memory), an FeRAM (registered trademark) (Ferroelectric RAM), and the like.
  • Various programs including the control program, data, and the like are stored. In addition, it has a work area for temporarily storing data being processed, variables, flag values, processing results, and the like of various processes.
  • the storage unit 70 stores a personal information table 72, registration authentication data 81, acquisition authentication data 83, result data 85, and the like.
  • the personal information table 72 includes personal information data 73 and card information data 75.
  • the personal information data 73 and card information data 75 of the user including the user stored by the initial registration unit 65 as described above are stored. Yes.
  • the registration authentication data 81 stores feature point data of users including users registered by the initial registration unit 65 as described above.
  • the acquired authentication data 83 stores the feature point data calculated by the authentication processing unit 57 as described above.
  • the result data 85 stores the UID of the user who is personally authenticated by the mounted device 1, the collation result, the collation time, and the valid flag.
  • the mounting device 1 may be provided with a power generating unit (not shown).
  • the power generating unit included in the mounting device 1 generates power for operating the mounting device 1.
  • the control unit 50 operates with power from the power generation unit and processes various types of information.
  • each unit such as the mounting unit 10, the biological information detection unit 20, the notification unit 30, the operation unit 37, the timing unit 39, the communication unit 41, and the storage unit 70 controlled by the control unit 50 is also operated by power from the power generation unit.
  • the power generation of the power generation unit may be realized by solar power generation (solar cell), or may be expressed by vibration power generation, manual winding power generation, temperature difference power generation, or the like.
  • the power supplied to the mounting device 1 by the power generating unit is not necessarily limited to the power generated by the power generation.
  • the power supplied to the wearing device 1 may be power from a button battery or a similar battery built in a normal watch (watch).
  • the electric power expression part may be a rechargeable secondary battery that can be charged by a non-contact or charging terminal.
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart showing the flow of the main control process. Hereinafter, description will be made with reference to FIG. The following flow is a flow of main control processing.
  • the control unit 50 controls the mounting unit 10 and the biological information detection unit 20 based on a control program (not shown) stored in the storage unit 70. It is executed by controlling each part to be included.
  • Step S10 performs an initial registration process. This process will be described in detail in the flow shown in FIG.
  • user information is stored in the personal information table 72 and the registration authentication data 81.
  • Step S20 registers event processing.
  • events such as a mounting event IV1, a non-mounting event IV3, and a payment request event IV5 used in subsequent steps are defined, and event handlers corresponding to the respective events are set.
  • Step S30 is an event processing loop.
  • Each event handler (steps S40, S50, S60) is executed in response to the occurrence of various events. Events are queued and event handlers are executed in the order in which each event occurs (some emergency events have priority). When the event handler process is completed, the process returns to this step and waits for an event to occur.
  • Step S40 is an event handler that is processed when the event of the mounting event IV1 occurs. Details of the processing will be described in the flow shown in FIG. When this process is executed, the acquisition authentication data 83 is generated, and the result of matching the registration authentication data 81 and the acquisition authentication data 83 is stored in the result data 85.
  • Step S50 is an event handler that is processed when an event of the non-wearing event IV3 occurs. Details of the processing will be described in the flow shown in FIG. When this process is executed, it is recorded that the collation result of the result data 85 is invalid.
  • Step S60 is an event handler that is processed when the payment request event IV5 event occurs. Details of the processing will be described in the flow shown in FIG. When this processing is executed, if the collation result of the result data 85 matches and is valid, card information and the like are transmitted.
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart showing the flow of the initial registration process. This flow is a detail of the process of step S10 of the main control process shown in FIG.
  • step S110 personal information is registered.
  • the personal information data 73 and card information data 75 of the user who uses the mounted device 1 are acquired and stored in the personal information table 72.
  • step S120 a captured image is acquired.
  • the imaging sensor 21 is controlled to acquire a user's vein image.
  • step S130 authentication data is generated and registered.
  • the feature point data of the vein pattern is calculated from the vein image and registered (stored) in the registration authentication data 81.
  • the feature point data registered in the registration authentication data 81 is feature point data for identifying the individual of the user.
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart showing the flow of the mounting event process. This flow is the details of the process of step S40 of the main control process shown in FIG.
  • step S210 a captured image is acquired. Specifically, the imaging sensor 21 is controlled to acquire a user's vein image.
  • authentication data is generated and stored.
  • the feature point data of the vein pattern is calculated from the vein image and stored in the acquisition authentication data 83.
  • step S230 the acquisition authentication data 83 and the registration authentication data 81 are collated. Specifically, the feature point data stored in the acquisition authentication data 83 is compared with the feature point data stored in the registration authentication data 81. Specifically, a correlation coefficient between both feature point data groups is calculated.
  • step S240 it is determined whether or not the collation results match.
  • step S230 if the correlation coefficient calculated in step S230 is greater than or equal to a predetermined value, it is determined that the collation results match (Yes), and the process proceeds to S250. If the correlation coefficient is less than the predetermined value, the collation result is one. It determines with having not done (No) and progresses to S260. If feature point data of a plurality of users are registered in the registration authentication data 81, the feature point data of the registration authentication data 81 is switched for each user, and the processes in steps S230 and S240 are repeated. In step S 250, the matching UID of the registration authentication data 81 is stored in the result data 85.
  • step S240 a UID having feature point data with the matching result matched is acquired from the registration authentication data 81, and the UID, the matching result “1”, the matching time, and the validity flag “1” are stored in the result data 85.
  • step S260 the result data 85 is initialized. Specifically, the UID information stored in the result data 85 is deleted. Specifically, the UID information is updated to “NULL”, and the verification result is changed to “0”, the verification time is changed to “NULL”, and the valid flag is “0”.
  • step S60 Since the result data 85 is referred to by the event handler (step S60, steps S410 to S450) of the payment request event IV5, when the user who wears the wearing device 1 is not registered in advance by such initialization, It is guarded so that card information is not transmitted.
  • FIG. 10 is a flowchart showing the flow of the non-wearing event process. This flow is a detail of the process of step S50 of the main control process shown in FIG.
  • step S310 data is written to the result data 85. Specifically, when the UID exists in the result data 85 (not “NULL”), the valid flag is changed to “0”. That is, the result of personal authentication is invalid.
  • the contents of the validity flag of the result data 85 are referred to by the event handler of the payment request event IV5.
  • the validity flag is not “1”
  • the card information is not transmitted. That is, by this step, the card information is controlled not to be transmitted when the mounted device 1 is not mounted.
  • FIG. 12 is a flowchart showing the flow of the non-wearing event process as in FIG. FIG. 12 shows a flow of event processing when referring to the mounting release instruction after the processing performed in FIG.
  • Step S510 is the same flow as step S310.
  • step S520 it is determined whether there is a mounting release instruction. Specifically, when the mounting release flag is “ON” (Yes), this flow is terminated, and when the mounting release flag is not “ON” (No), the process proceeds to step S530.
  • step S530 an alert sound is generated and a warning is given. According to such a flow, in the reception processing unit 61, when the mounting release flag is not set to “ON” and the mounting device 1 is not mounted (removed), an alert sound is generated and a warning is urged. be able to.
  • FIG. 11 is a flowchart showing the flow of the authentication request process. This flow is the detail of the process of step S60 of the main control process shown in FIG.
  • step S410 the result data 85 is read. Specifically, the content of the result data 85 is read into an internal variable. The UID, verification result, verification time, and valid flag are read.
  • step S420 it is determined whether or not data exists in the result data 85. Specifically, if the UID is not “NULL”, it is determined that there is data (Yes), and the process proceeds to step S430. If the UID is “NULL”, it is determined that there is no data (No). Proceed to step S450.
  • step S430 it is determined whether or not the collation result is “1” and the valid flag is “1”. If the collation result is “1” and the valid flag is “1” (Yes), the process proceeds to step S440. If either the collation result or the valid flag is not “1” (No), step S450 is performed. Proceed to
  • step S440 card information is transmitted. Specifically, the card information of the UID number read in step S410 is acquired with reference to the personal information table 72. The acquired card information is transmitted to the fee system 5 via the communication unit 41.
  • step S450 an NG (No good) response is transmitted. Specifically, an NG response indicating that the card information cannot be transmitted is transmitted to the fee system 5 via the communication unit 41.
  • step S440 and step S450 the card information and the NG response are transmitted. Actually, however, the information is variously changed in both directions based on the communication method, communication procedure, and transmission / reception data specifications determined in advance in the mounted device 1 and the charge system 5. Information is being sent and received. Security measures such as encryption are also taken.
  • the result of the authentication process can be determined by processing the steps S410, S420, and S430.
  • Steps S410, S420, and S430 are simple memory access and numerical value comparison processing. User operation with non-constant processing time, generation of authentication data that requires time for processing (step S220), and comparison and collation of feature point data The process (step S230) is not included. In this way, after receiving the payment request, the result of personal authentication of the user wearing the wearing device 1 is output in limited steps such as steps S410, S420, and S430.
  • the mounting unit 10 and the detection processing unit 52 detect the mounting state of the mounting device 1. Specifically, the mounting event IV1 is output when the mounting device 1 is mounted, and the non-mounting event IV3 is output when the mounting device 1 is not mounted.
  • the event handler calls the authentication processing unit 57 to perform personal authentication processing of the user wearing the mounting device 1.
  • the user UID is stored in the result data 85. Using the UID, card information, personal information, and the like of a user registered in advance in the mounting device 1 can be extracted.
  • the result data 85 stores “1” indicating that the personal authentication is performed and “1” indicating that the result of the personal authentication is valid and “1” indicating that the result of the personal authentication is valid.
  • the event handler sets the valid flag of the result data 85 to “0”. This indicates that the result of personal authentication is invalid.
  • the request detection processing unit 56 monitors the communication unit 41. When the received data received from the external device is information requesting payment processing such as the fee system 5, a payment request event IV5 is output. When the payment request event IV5 is output, the event handler calls and executes the determination processing unit 59. The determination processing unit 59 determines whether personal authentication is valid or invalid.
  • the determination is realized by the procedure 1 to the procedure 3 in which the information of the result data 85 is read and the comparison result is compared with the contents of the valid flag.
  • the authentication processing unit 57 is not called.
  • the fee system 5 side obtains a response in a simple and fixed processing time such as steps 1 to 3 without waiting for the processing time and indefinite time spent on the personal authentication processing. can do. Therefore, when a payment request is made from the fee system 5, the mounting device 1 can determine the collation result without performing the personal authentication process, and can promptly process the response to the payment request.
  • the mounted device 1 when the mounted device 1 is removed by the reception processing unit 61 and the notification processing unit 63 of the mounted device 1 without receiving the mounting release instruction, the result of personal authentication is invalidated and a warning sound is output. Can do. Therefore, when the wearing device 1 is released from the user's intention, unauthorized use of the wearing device 1 can be prevented.
  • FIG. 13 is an explanatory diagram showing an outline of a usage form of a mounted device.
  • FIG. 14 is an explanatory diagram showing an outline of the authentication sequence.
  • the wearing device 101 is a terminal worn on the wrist of the user U1 as the first user and the user U2 as the second user (or agent).
  • the wearing device 101 includes a display unit 31 that performs various types of flexible types that can be flexibly deformed around a band 11 that is wound around the wrist, and a touch panel operation unit 37 that covers the display unit 31.
  • the wearing device 101 shown in FIG. 13 is attached to the left wrists of the users U1 and U2, and is provided with a display unit 31 and an operation unit 37 on the back B side of the hand, and a band 11 on the palm F side of the same left hand.
  • An opening / closing part 12 is provided to be attached and fixed to the wrist.
  • a control unit 150 which is a CPU (Central Processing Unit), a living body that detects biological information of a user (hereinafter simply referred to as a user when the user U1 and the user U2 are not distinguished).
  • An information detection unit 20 and a communication unit 41 that transmits and receives various data by wireless communication are incorporated together with related circuits.
  • a user corresponds to a user.
  • the fee system 5 is based on financial information that enables financial processing such as card information such as cash cards, credit cards, and debit cards, and account information such as net banking. This is a fee system.
  • the fee system 5 is installed at a place where the fee is paid, and when the user U1 or the user U2 wearing the attached device 101 approaches, transmits a command RQ requesting card information or the like to the attached device 101 by wireless communication.
  • the mounted device 101 transmits a command RP including card information according to the request to the fee system 5.
  • the mounted device 101 and the fee system 5 correspond to a payment system.
  • the mounted device 101 stores the card information of the user U1 in the storage unit 170 (described later).
  • the mounted device 101 has a function of entrusting payment processing to the user U2 who is another user with the card information of the user U1 when the user U1 cannot perform payment processing to the fee system 5 for some reason.
  • Examples of the relationship between the user U1 and the user U2 include a relationship in which the user U2 is a guardian of the user U1, and a relationship in which the user U2 is a court agent in all matters relating to the property of the user U1.
  • the user U2 is not limited to such a case, and may be a third party trusted by the user U1.
  • the fee system 5 described above is not limited to financial processing, and may be another system as long as it is a system that requires identity verification.
  • a system that issues or delivers a ticket or an article reserved by the user U1 after confirming the identity or a system that provides documents or information related to the user U1 after confirming the identity.
  • FIG. 14 is a diagram for explaining the outline of the inheritance and authentication sequence.
  • the sequence diagram shown in FIG. 14 shows the time for the mutually linked portions in the operation (U1) by the user U1, the operation (U2) by the user U2, the processing of the control unit 150 of the mounted device 101, and the processing of the fee system 5. Represents along the flow (from top to bottom). Note that the processing method shown in this sequence corresponds to a settlement method.
  • the control unit 150 includes an authentication processing unit 57, an inheritance processing unit 69, a request detection processing unit 56, and a determination processing unit 159 as functional units.
  • the wearing device 101 When the user U1 wears the wearing device 101 (operation P11), the wearing device 101 performs personal authentication processing of the user U1 (authentication processing unit 57).
  • the vein pattern of the user U1 registered in advance in the wearing device 101 and the vein pattern analyzed from the captured image of the vein imaged by controlling the imaging sensor 21 are collated. Note that performing the personal authentication process of the user U1 corresponds to “the first user wears the wearing device and performs personal authentication”.
  • the mounted device 101 is operated by the user U1 and the inheritance process is performed (inheritance processing unit 69).
  • the inheritance process an operation to be inherited by the user U1 to the user U2 is performed.
  • the inheritance destination designation screen (screen D10) illustrated in FIG. 22 is an example of a screen displayed on the display unit 31 during an operation by the user U1.
  • the operation of the inheritance process is an operation (right inheritance instruction) for inheriting the right to use the card information of the user U1 to the user U2 by using the mounted device 101 for which the user U1 has been personally authenticated. Note that performing the inheritance process corresponds to “the first user inherits the right of the mounted device to the second user”.
  • the user U1 removes the wearing device 101 from the wrist and removes it from the wrist (operation P13).
  • the user U1 hands over the mounted device 101 to the user U2 (operation C).
  • the wearing device 101 When the user U2 wears the wearing device 101 (operation P15), the wearing device 101 performs a personal authentication process for the user U2 (authentication processing unit 57).
  • the vein pattern of the user U2 registered in advance in the wearing device 101 and the vein pattern analyzed from the captured image of the vein imaged by controlling the image sensor 21 are the same as the personal authentication process of the user U1 described above. Is matched. Note that performing the personal authentication process of the user U2 corresponds to “the second user wearing the wearing device and performing personal authentication”.
  • the user U2 After the user U2 is personally authenticated, the user U2 moves close to the fee system 5.
  • a command RQ requesting card information for payment processing is transmitted from the fee system 5 to the mounted device 101.
  • the request detection processing unit 56, the determination processing unit 159, and the control unit 150 perform processing corresponding to the command RQ, and a command including card information of the user U1 based on inheritance information from the user U1 to the user U2.
  • Send (answer) RP Send (answer) RP.
  • the payment process based on the card information of the user U1 can be performed from the mounting device 101 attached to the user U2 until the user U2 removes the mounting device 101 and removes it (operation P17).
  • the payment using the card information of the user U1 from the mounting device 101 mounted on the user U2 corresponds to “the second user making a payment using the mounting device on behalf of the first user”.
  • the control unit 150 can entrust the user U2 with the payment process based on the card information of the user U1 that is made possible as a result of the personal authentication of the user U1.
  • the configuration of the mounting device 101 capable of obtaining such an effect will be described in detail below.
  • FIG. 15 is a block diagram illustrating a schematic configuration of the mounted device.
  • the mounting device 101 includes a mounting unit 10, a biological information detection unit 20, a notification unit 30, an operation unit 37, a timing unit 39, a communication unit 41, a control unit 150, and a storage unit 170.
  • the mounted device 101 is connected to the fee system 5 via the communication 7.
  • the mounting device 101 according to the present embodiment is different from the mounting device 1 according to the first embodiment in that a control unit 150 is provided instead of the control unit 50 and a storage unit 170 is provided instead of the storage unit 70.
  • the other points are the same as those of the mounted device 1. Therefore, the following description will focus on differences from the mounted device 1.
  • the control unit 150 includes a processor such as a CPU or a DSP (Digital Signal Processor), and is a control device and an arithmetic device that collectively control each unit of the mounted device 101.
  • the control unit 150 implements various functions of the mounted device 101 according to various programs including a control program (not shown) stored in the storage unit 170.
  • the control unit 150 includes a detection processing unit 52, a request detection processing unit 56, an authentication processing unit 57, a determination processing unit 159, a reception processing unit 61, a notification processing unit 63, and an inheritance processing unit 69 as main functional units. These function units are collectively controlled by an event processing unit 67 and an event handler (described later) to realize the function of the mounted device 101.
  • the control unit 150 executes the function of the initial registration unit 65 before the above-described function unit is realized.
  • the initial registration unit 65 performs initial registration of a user who uses the mounted device 101. Specifically, the initial registration unit 65 controls the operation unit 37 and the display unit 31 to acquire information such as user personal information and card information. The acquired information is stored in the storage unit 170 as a personal information table 172 (FIG. 16). At the time of storage, the control unit 150 generates a UID (User Identification) for identifying the user and manages it as user information.
  • UID User Identification
  • FIG. 16 is a diagram illustrating an example of the personal information table.
  • a column 72A, a column 72B, a column 72C, a column 72D, a column 72E, a row 72G, a row 72H, a row 72J, and a row 72K are shown.
  • the column 72A stores the UID.
  • the column 72B stores service types, the column 72C stores card numbers, and the column 72D stores incidental information.
  • the column 72E stores inherited UIDs.
  • the inherited UID is a UID stored by the inheritance processing unit 69 (details will be described later).
  • the row 72G indicates that the credit card service of the user U1 whose UID is “0001” is “A card”, the card number is “01234567890123456789”, and the incidental information is “012”.
  • the row 72H indicates that the personal information type of the user U1 having the same UID “0001” as the row 72G is “My Number”, and the number is “000011112222”.
  • the information of the user U2 whose UID is “0002” is stored in the same format as the information of the user U1.
  • Information relating to the user U1 stored in the personal information table 172 corresponds to first user information.
  • Personal information is, for example, information such as my number, name, age, and address, and can be transmitted when requested by the fee system 5 or another system.
  • the card information is, for example, a credit card number (credit card information), debit card information (debit card information), a cash card number (cash card information), and an account number (net banking information) used for net banking. Security code, password, etc. are stored as incidental information as necessary.
  • the personal information table 172 may store information shared between the user U1 and the user U2.
  • the initial registration unit 65 controls the operation unit 37 and the display unit 31 to prompt the user to wear the wearing device 101, and after the user wears the wearing device 101, biometric information that identifies the user individual is detected.
  • the biological information is a vein image signal with high individual identification accuracy.
  • the initial registration unit 65 controls the biological information detection unit 20 to acquire a vein image signal.
  • the feature point data of the vein pattern is calculated from the acquired vein image signal by applying known processing such as image binarization processing, thinning processing, feature point extraction, and the like.
  • the feature point data includes, for example, a plurality of feature point data such as the interval and number of branch points of the vein pattern, the length and shape between the branch points, and the depression angle at the branch point.
  • the feature point data is associated with the user UID and stored in the storage unit 170 as registration authentication data 81 (FIG. 5).
  • the registration authentication data 81 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG.
  • a column 81A and a column 81B are shown.
  • the column 81A stores the UID.
  • Column 81B stores vein pattern feature point data.
  • feature point data A is stored as “feature point data A”.
  • the feature point data A is a numerical data group representing feature points. There may be a plurality of numerical data groups.
  • feature point data B is stored as “feature point data B”.
  • the initial registration operation by the initial registration unit 65 is performed by controlling the operation unit 37 and the display unit 31, it communicates bidirectionally with other PCs and smartphones via the communication unit 41, Information such as user personal information and card information may be input on the smartphone side.
  • the mounted device 101 may be configured to receive such information and store it in the storage unit 170.
  • the event processing unit 67 sets a mechanism for controlling each functional unit by the event driving method in the control unit 150 and starts an event processing loop.
  • the various events include an event that detects the mounting of the mounting device 101 (mounting event IV1), an event that detects that the mounting device 101 is released (non-mounting event IV3), and an event that receives a payment request from the fee system 5 (payment request).
  • Event IV5) and an event (inheritance event IV7) when the inheritance setting of the mounted device 101 is selected by a user operation. In the event processing loop, when these events occur, the process moves to an event handler (not shown) set for each event type.
  • the event handler is a function unit that constitutes the control unit 150, and is a function in which processing corresponding to each event is described. Each function unit is executed as necessary to realize processing corresponding to the event.
  • the event handler process flow will be described later with reference to the flowcharts shown in FIGS.
  • the detection processing unit 52 includes an attachment detection unit 53 and a non-attachment detection unit 55.
  • the wearing detection unit 53 detects that the wearing device 101 is worn on the user's wrist, and notifies (outputs) the occurrence of a wearing detection event to the event processing unit 67.
  • the mounting detection unit 53 monitors an ON / OFF signal output from the mounting unit 10. When the signal changes from OFF to ON, the mounting event IV1 is output.
  • Event handler for wearing event IV1 When the mounting event IV1 is notified to the event processing unit 67, the processing is moved to the event handler by the notification. In this event handler, the function of the authentication processing unit 57 is realized, and it is determined whether or not the user wearing the wearing device 101 is a user registered in advance by the initial registration unit 65. Details of the determination method will be described later in the authentication processing unit 57. If it is determined that the user is a registered user, the user's UID is stored in the result data 185 (FIG. 17).
  • the wearing user has inherited the rights from another user (for example, the user U2 from the user U1) (when inherited), the right inheriting source user (user U1)
  • the right inheriting source user user U1
  • information indicating that the right is not inherited is output to the display unit 31.
  • Each information is displayed on the display unit 31.
  • buzzer sound data for urgent attention to the sound output unit 33 or vibration data for stimulating tactile sensation may be output to the vibration unit 35.
  • the notification unit 30 including the function for outputting information by the event handler and the display unit 31, the sound output unit 33, and the vibration unit 35 corresponds to the notification unit.
  • FIG. 17 is a diagram illustrating an example of result data.
  • a column 85A stores the UID
  • the column 85B stores “1” indicating that the collation result matches (the user of the corresponding UID has been personally authenticated)
  • the column 85C stores the collated time data. Yes.
  • “1” is stored in the validity flag when the contents of the collation result (contents in the column 85B) are valid
  • “0” is stored in the validity flag when the contents are not valid.
  • the UID stored in the column 85A of the result data 185 is deleted and “NULL” data (for example, value Becomes “ ⁇ 1”), and the contents of the other columns 85B, 85C, and 85D are also initialized to “NULL”.
  • NULL data
  • the user U1 has the valid flag “0” and the user U2 has the valid flag “1”. It shows that.
  • the non-wearing detection unit 55 detects that the wearing device 101 has been removed from the user's wrist, and notifies (outputs) the occurrence of the non-wearing event IV3 to the event processing unit 67. Specifically, the non-mounting detection unit 55 monitors an ON / OFF signal output from the mounting unit 10. When the signal changes from ON to OFF, a non-wearing event IV3 is output.
  • Event handler for non-wearing event IV3 When the non-wearing event IV3 is notified to the event processing unit 67, the processing is moved to the event handler by the notification. In this event handler, the valid flag in the column 85D (FIG. 17) of the result data 185 is updated to “0”. The fact that the valid flag is set to “0” indicates that the result of personal authentication of the user wearing the wearing device 101 has become invalid.
  • the mounting unit 10, the detection processing unit 52, and the biological information detection unit 20 correspond to a detection unit that detects a mounting state.
  • the request detection processing unit 56 monitors the reception data of the communication unit 41, and notifies (outputs) the payment request event IV5 to the event processing unit 67 when the received data is information requesting card information.
  • the request detection processing unit 56 manages information such as a payment processing system (such as the fee system 5), a card company, and a service that can accept payment processing by the mounted device 101 and the user. These pieces of information are stored in advance in the storage unit 170 as a request acceptance source list (not shown). Note that the content of the request reception source list is updated based on information distributed from the information source via the network.
  • the request detection processing unit 56 determines whether or not the received data acquired from the communication unit 41 is data included in the request reception source list. If the received data is present, the payment request event together with the content of the received data is present. IV5 is output to the event processing unit 67.
  • Event handler for payment request event IV5 When the payment request event IV5 is notified to the event processing unit 67, the processing is moved to the event handler by the notification. In this event handler, the determination processing unit 159 is executed to determine whether the result of personal authentication of the user wearing the wearing device 101 is valid or invalid.
  • response information corresponding to the received data is generated and transmitted to the fee system 5 via the communication unit 41.
  • the response information is information on a card number in a row that matches the content of the service stored in the column 72B of the personal information table 172.
  • the inherited UID in the column 72E is referenced. For example, when the personally authenticated user is the user U2 (UID is “0002”) and the result is determined to be valid, the card information of the row 72G in which “0002” exists in the column 72E of the personal information table 172 Select. The user of the UID stored in the column 72E has inherited the right to use the information stored in the same row.
  • the card information of the service “A card” and the card number “01234567890123456789” in the row 72G is selected.
  • the card information of the user U1 stored in the storage unit 170 is used (output to the charge system 5) when the right is inherited from the user U1.
  • the function of this event handler corresponds to a function of outputting information based on the result of personal authentication by the authentication unit.
  • the information output to the external fee system 5 is information based on the result of personal authentication, and is not limited to original data (data specifying an individual) as a result of personal authentication.
  • the content of the received data and the transmission / reception procedure depend on the agreement of the card company and the service, the content and the transmission / reception procedure corresponding to each company and service are applied.
  • the authentication processing unit 57 performs personal authentication processing in the same manner as in the first embodiment when the mounting device 101 is mounted by the user. Note that the authentication processing unit 57 corresponds to an authentication unit.
  • the determination processing unit 159 determines whether the personal authentication result of the user wearing the wearing device 101 is valid or invalid. .
  • the determination processing unit 159 is a functional unit that is implemented by being called from an event handler that is executed by notification of the payment request event IV5.
  • the determination processing unit 159 refers to the result data 185 and outputs a determination result by the following (procedure 1) to (procedure 3).
  • the data of the result data 185 is read into the internal variable line by line. ... (Procedure 1) It is determined that the column 85A (UID) is not “NULL”. ...
  • the procedure 1 is a process of reading from the storage unit 170 to the internal variable
  • the procedure 2 is a comparison process of the internal variable and “NULL”, and if the procedure 2 is established, the process proceeds to the process of the procedure 3.
  • the procedure 3 the internal variable and the numerical value “ Comparison processing with “1” is performed.
  • the procedure 3 is established, the user of the corresponding UID is personally authenticated, and the result is determined to be valid.
  • the procedure 2 or the procedure 3 is not established, it is determined that the result of the user personal authentication is invalid.
  • the processing steps for realizing the procedures 1 to 3 can be realized with a fixed number of steps, and the processing time can be calculated based on the CPU processing speed (MIPS (Million instructions per second)) and is constant. is there.
  • MIPS Million instructions per second
  • the determination processing unit 159 performs the final determination whether the personal authentication is valid or invalid.
  • the determination processing unit 159 may be a process that outputs information necessary to make a final determination as to whether personal authentication is valid or invalid. In this case, based on the processing of the determination processing unit 159, the fee system 5 that is an external terminal makes a final determination as to whether the personal authentication is valid or invalid.
  • the determination processing unit 159 corresponds to a determination processing unit.
  • the reception processing unit 61 and the notification processing unit 63 are functional units that function as a pair as in the first embodiment.
  • the event handler executed by the notification causes the column 85D of the result data 185 (FIG. 17). Is updated to “0”. That is, the result of personal authentication is invalid.
  • This processing flow is the same as the flow shown in FIG.
  • the inheritance processing unit 69 performs a procedure of inheriting the right to use the mounted device 101 that holds the personally authenticated user (user U1) information to another user (user U2).
  • the control unit 150 controls the operation unit 37 and the display unit 31 to notify the event processing unit 67 of the inherited event IV7 when a predetermined operation is performed.
  • the inheritance processing unit 69 corresponds to an inheritance accepting unit, and accepts a right inheritance instruction of the mounted device 101 from a user (user U1). Specifically, the inheritance processing unit 69 outputs to the display unit 31 an inheritance destination designation screen that allows the user U1 to select an inheritance destination user (user U2) and an inheritance information designation screen that designates inheritance information. Further, the inheritance processing unit 69 controls the operation unit 37 to acquire the operation signal selected by the user U1.
  • FIG. 22 is a diagram illustrating an example of the inheritance destination designation screen.
  • FIG. 23 is a diagram illustrating an example of the inheritance information designation screen.
  • the inheritance destination designation screen (screen D10) and the inheritance information designation screen (screen D20) are screens displayed on the display unit 31, and the screen D20 is displayed after the operation of the screen D10.
  • a selection menu displayed by the operation unit 37 can be selected.
  • the inheritance processing unit 69 refers to the registration authentication data 81 and the personal information table 172, and acquires UIDs other than the user wearing the wearing device 101 and related information such as the name of the UID.
  • a screen D10 is generated using the acquired UID and name.
  • the UID “0002” and the name “ABC” indicating the user U2 are displayed on the first line of the selection menu, and “Release All” is displayed on the second line.
  • an “OK” button indicating the determination is displayed.
  • the user U1 selects the UID “0002” and the name “ABC”
  • the row is highlighted (not shown), and “OK” is selected, whereby the inheritance destination is determined to the user U2.
  • “cancel all specified” is selected, the designation of the inheritance destination is cancelled.
  • the inheritance processing unit 69 stores the UID “0002” in the internal variable.
  • the inheritance processing unit 69 refers to the personal information table 172, reads the information of the user (user U1, UID “0001”) wearing the mounted device 101, and generates a screen D20.
  • the service “A card” and the card number “01234567890123456789” are displayed on the first line of the selection menu, and the service “My number” and the card number “000011112222” are displayed on the second line.
  • an “OK” button indicating determination and a “Cancel” button indicating cancellation are displayed.
  • a service to be inherited is selected by the operation of the user U1, the row of the selected service is highlighted (not shown), and “OK” is selected to determine the service to be inherited by the user U2. .
  • the inheritance processing unit 69 stores the inheritance destination UID in the row corresponding to the service determined in the column 72E (inheritance UID) of the personal information table 172. Further, the column 72E (inherited UID) corresponding to the service corresponding to the menu not selected in the selected menu is updated to “NULL”.
  • the example of the personal information table 172 shows a state where both the first and second rows of the selection menu on the screen D20 are selected, and the UID “0002” is stored in the rows 72G and 72H of the column 72E. Further, in the inheritance processing unit 69, when “cancel all designated” is selected and determined on the screen D10, all the UIDs stored in the column 72E of the personal information table 172 are updated to “NULL”.
  • the storage unit 170 is configured by a storage device such as a ROM (Read Only Memory), a flash ROM, a RAM (Random Access Memory), or a FeRAM (registered trademark) (Ferroelectric RAM), and implements each functional unit of the control unit 150.
  • Various programs (not shown) including the control program, data, and the like are stored. In addition, it has a work area for temporarily storing data being processed, variables, flag values, processing results, and the like of various processes.
  • the storage unit 170 stores a personal information table 172, registration authentication data 81, acquisition authentication data 83, result data 185, and the like.
  • the personal information table 172 includes personal information data 73 and card information data 75.
  • the personal information data 73 and card information data 75 of the user including the user stored by the initial registration unit 65 as described above are stored. Yes.
  • the registration authentication data 81 stores feature point data of users including users registered by the initial registration unit 65 as described above.
  • the acquired authentication data 83 stores the feature point data calculated by the authentication processing unit 57 as described above.
  • the result data 185 stores the UID of the user who is personally authenticated by the mounted device 101, the verification result, the verification time, and the valid flag.
  • the mounting device 101 may include a power generating unit (not shown).
  • FIG. 18 is a flowchart showing the flow of the main control process. Hereinafter, description will be made with reference to FIGS. The following flow is a flow of main control processing.
  • the control unit 150 controls the mounting unit 10 and the biological information detection unit 20 based on a control program (not shown) stored in the storage unit 170. It is executed by controlling each part to be included.
  • Step S10 performs an initial registration process. This process will be described in detail in the flow shown in FIG. 8 as in the first embodiment.
  • user information is stored in the personal information table 172 and the registration authentication data 81.
  • Step S20 registers event processing.
  • Event processing Define various events required for event-driven programming, and set event handlers corresponding to each event to be activated.
  • mounting event IV1, non-mounting event IV3, payment request event IV5, and inheritance event IV7 used in the subsequent steps are defined, and event handlers corresponding to the respective events are set.
  • Step S30 is an event processing loop.
  • Each event handler (steps S45, S50, S65, S70) is executed in response to the occurrence of various events. Events are queued and event handlers are executed in the order in which each event occurs (some emergency events have priority). When the event handler process is completed, the process returns to this step and waits for an event to occur.
  • Step S45 is an event handler that is processed when the event of the mounting event IV1 occurs, and performs mounting event processing. Details of the processing will be described in the flow shown in FIG. When this process is executed, the acquisition authentication data 83 is generated, and the result of matching the registration authentication data 81 and the acquisition authentication data 83 is stored in the result data 185.
  • Step S50 is an event handler that is processed when an event of the non-wearing event IV3 occurs, and performs non-wearing event processing. Details of the processing will be described in the flow shown in FIG. 10 as in the first embodiment. When this processing is executed, it is recorded that the collation result of the result data 185 is invalid.
  • Step S65 is an event handler that is processed when an event of the payment request event IV5 occurs, and performs an authentication request process. Details of the processing will be described in the flow shown in FIG. When this processing is executed, if the collation result of the result data 185 matches and is valid, card information and the like are transmitted.
  • Step S70 is an event handler that is processed when an event of the inheritance event IV7 occurs, and performs inheritance event processing. Details of the processing will be described in the flow shown in FIG. When this process is executed, the inheritance destination designation screen (screen D10) and the inheritance information designation screen (screen D20) are displayed on the display unit 31, and the inheritance UID is stored in the column 72E of the personal information table 172.
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart showing the flow of the initial registration process. This flow is the detail of the process of step S10 of the main control process shown in FIG.
  • step S110 personal information is registered.
  • personal information data 73 and card information data 75 of the user who uses the mounted device 101 are acquired and stored in the personal information table 172.
  • step S120 a captured image is acquired.
  • the imaging sensor 21 is controlled to acquire a user's vein image.
  • step S130 authentication data is generated and registered.
  • the feature point data of the vein pattern is calculated from the vein image and registered (stored) in the registration authentication data 81.
  • the feature point data registered in the registration authentication data 81 is feature point data for identifying the individual of the user.
  • FIG. 19 is a flowchart showing the flow of the mounting event process. This flow is the detail of the process of step S45 of the main control process shown in FIG.
  • step S210 a captured image is acquired. Specifically, the imaging sensor 21 is controlled to acquire a user's vein image.
  • authentication data is generated and stored. The feature point data of the vein pattern is calculated from the vein image and stored in the acquisition authentication data 83.
  • step S230 the acquisition authentication data 83 and the registration authentication data 81 are collated. Specifically, the feature point data stored in the acquisition authentication data 83 is compared with the feature point data stored in the registration authentication data 81. Specifically, a correlation coefficient between both feature point data groups is calculated. In step S240, it is determined whether or not the collation results match. Specifically, if the correlation coefficient calculated in step S230 is greater than or equal to a predetermined value, it is determined that the collation results match (Yes), and the process proceeds to step S250. If the correlation coefficient is less than the predetermined value, the collation result is It is determined that they do not match (No), and the process proceeds to step S260.
  • step S250 the matching UID of the registration authentication data 81 is stored in the result data 185. More specifically, the UID having the matched feature point data is acquired from the registration authentication data 81 in step S240, the UID is stored in the result data 185, the collation result is “1”, the collation time, and the valid flag is “1”. Is stored respectively.
  • step S260 the result data 185 is initialized. Specifically, the UID information stored in the result data 185 is deleted.
  • the UID information is updated to “NULL”, the collation result is changed to “0”, the collation time is “NULL”, and the valid flag is changed to “0”. Since the result data 185 is referred to by the event handler (step S65, steps S410 to S450) of the payment request event IV5, when the user who wears the wearing device 101 is not registered in advance by such initialization, It is guarded so that card information is not transmitted.
  • step S270 the presence / absence of inheritance is determined. If it is determined that there is inheritance (Yes), the process proceeds to step S280. If it is determined that there is no inheritance (No), the process proceeds to step S290.
  • the presence / absence of inheritance is determined by determining that there is inheritance when the UID acquired in step S250 matches the UID stored in the column 72E of the personal information table 172. It is determined that there is no inheritance.
  • step S280 the information on the inherited UID (column 72E) in the personal information table 172 can be referred to. Specifically, in step S270, information on a row that matches the UID stored in the column 72E of the personal information table 172 is read into an internal variable. In step S285, the inheritance source UID information is displayed.
  • step S280 information related to the UID stored in the column 72A is generated from the internal variable read in step S280, and is output to the display unit 31. Also, the inherited service, card number, etc. may be displayed. In step S290, information indicating that it is not inherited (non-inherited information) is displayed. For example, “This device is not inherited by anyone” is displayed.
  • steps S270 to S290 if the right is inherited from another user after the user wears the wearing device 101 and is personally authenticated, the contents can be confirmed at the time of wearing. it can. For example, if the right is inherited from the user U1 when the user U2 wears the wearing device 101, “this wearing device has been inherited from Mr. XYZ with the UID“ 0001 ”” by the process of step S285. (XYZ is the name of the user U1) is displayed.
  • FIG. 10 is a flowchart showing the flow of the non-wearing event process. This flow is the detail of the process of step S50 of the main control process shown in FIG.
  • step S310 of this embodiment data is written to the result data 185. Specifically, if the UID exists in the result data 185 (not “NULL”), the valid flag is changed to “0”. That is, the result of personal authentication is invalid.
  • the content of the valid flag of the result data 185 is referred to by the event handler of the payment request event IV5.
  • the valid flag is not “1”
  • the card information is not transmitted. That is, by this step, the card information is controlled not to be transmitted when the mounted device 101 is not mounted.
  • the event processing when referring to the mounting release instruction can be performed after the processing performed in FIG. 10 by the flowchart showing the flow of the non-mounting event processing shown in FIG. According to the flow of FIG. 12, in the reception processing unit 61, when the mounting release flag is not set to “ON” and the mounted device 101 is not mounted (removed), an alert sound is generated and a warning is prompted. be able to.
  • FIG. 20 is a flowchart showing the flow of the authentication request process. This flow is the detail of the process of step S65 of the main control process shown in FIG.
  • step S410 the result data 185 is read. Specifically, the content of the result data 185 is read into an internal variable. The UID, verification result, verification time, and valid flag are read.
  • step S420 it is determined whether or not data exists in the result data 185. Specifically, if the UID is not “NULL”, it is determined that there is data (Yes), and the process proceeds to step S435. If the UID is “NULL”, it is determined that there is no data (No), Proceed to step S450.
  • step S435 a UID having a matching result “1” and a valid flag “1” is acquired. If there is no UID that is “1” for both, the process proceeds to step S450 (not shown).
  • step S445 card information in which the inherited UID of the personal information table 172 matches the acquired UID is transmitted. Specifically, in step S270, information on a row that matches the UID stored in the column 72E of the personal information table 172 is read into an internal variable. The card information included in the internal variable is transmitted to the fee system 5 via the communication unit 41.
  • step S450 an NG (No good) response is transmitted. Specifically, an NG response indicating that the card information cannot be transmitted is transmitted to the fee system 5 via the communication unit 41.
  • step S445 and step S450 the card information and the NG response are transmitted. Actually, however, the information is variously changed in both directions based on the communication method, communication procedure, and transmission / reception data specifications determined in advance in the mounted device 101 and the charge system 5. Information is being sent and received. Security measures such as encryption are also taken.
  • FIG. 21 is a flowchart showing the flow of inheritance event processing. This flow is a detail of the process of step S70 of the main control process shown in FIG. 18 (event handler of inheritance event IV7).
  • the inheritance event IV7 is an event generated by an operation of the user U1 who is the inheritance source.
  • step S610 an inheritance destination designation screen is displayed.
  • Screen D10 (FIG. 22) is an example of the inheritance destination designation screen.
  • Information on the inherited UID selected from the selection menu is acquired.
  • step S620 an inheritance information designation screen is displayed.
  • Screen D20 (FIG. 23) is an example of the inheritance information designation screen.
  • step S630 the inherited UID is stored in the personal information table 172. Specifically, a row in which the content of the column 72A of the personal information table 172 matches the UID of the user U1 who is the inheritance source, and a row in which the content of the column 72B and the column 72C matches the acquired inheritance information is selected.
  • the acquired inherited UID information is stored in the column 72E of the row.
  • Card information is transmitted by the processing of the authentication request processing (steps S65, S410 to S450). If the card information to be transmitted is set to be inherited from the inheritance source user U1 to the inheritance destination user U2 by the inheritance event process (steps S70, S610 to S630), the card information transmitted from the mounting device 101 worn by the user U2 to the user U1 card information is transmitted. If the inheritance event process is not set to be inherited, the card information of the user U2 wearing the wearing device 101 is transmitted. Card information can be switched and transmitted by such a flow of inherited event processing.
  • the mounting unit 10 and the detection processing unit 52 detect the mounting state of the mounting device 101. Specifically, the mounting event IV1 is output when the mounting device 101 is mounted, and the non-mounting event IV3 is output when the mounting device 101 is not mounted.
  • the event handler calls the authentication processing unit 57 to perform personal authentication processing of the user U1 wearing the mounting device 101.
  • the function of the inheritance processing unit 69 can be realized by a predetermined operation of the user U1.
  • information for inheriting to the inheritance destination user (user U2) is set by the designation of the user U1.
  • the setting by the inheritance processing unit 69 can be set by an easy setting screen and operation as shown in the screen D10 and the screen D20. After that, when the wearing device 101 is worn by the user U2, personal authentication processing of the user U2 is performed by an event handler (authentication processing unit 57) based on the wearing event IV1.
  • the inheritance information inherited from the user U1 (such as the card information of the user U1) is displayed on the display unit 31 of the mounted device 101 (step S285).
  • the mounting device 101 mounted on the user U2 can transmit the card information of the user U1 by the event handler of the payment request event IV5. In this way, the wearing device 101 can pass down the result of the personal authentication of the user U1 performed by the wearing device 101 to the user U2 safely and easily.
  • Mode 1 In the mounting device 1 according to the above-described embodiment, the case where a payment request is received from the fee system 5 is exemplified, but the application is not limited to such a payment request.
  • the user wearing the mounting device 1 can quickly display the user's asset information and the like by approaching the display screen of the browsing system. In this case, when the collation result of the result data 85 is “1” and the valid flag is “1”, the wearing device 1 transmits my number information to the browsing system side.
  • the browsing system as a result of personal authentication of the user wearing the wearing device 1, it is possible to determine the situation in which my number information is being transmitted, so information quoted from the my number is displayed.
  • the browsing system installed in a public place such as a municipal office can be used efficiently.
  • the authentication processing unit 57 acquires a vein image from the imaging sensor 21 and performs personal authentication processing.
  • the personal authentication processing is not limited to such a method.
  • the personal authentication process may be performed by acquiring, for example, a pulse waveform, an arterial image, a blood composition value that can be measured non-invasively, a combination thereof, and the like.
  • the wearing device 1 is worn around the wrist, but the wearing device 1 may be a device worn on a portion other than the wrist.
  • the modification will be described next with reference to the drawings. 24 to 28 are explanatory diagrams showing an outline of a usage form of the mounted device according to the modification.
  • the mounting device according to this modification can be a ring-type or finger-sack type in which a band of the mounting part is mounted around a hand or a toe. .
  • the ring-type mounting device 1A shown in FIG. 24 is mounted by winding the band 11A of the mounting portion 10A around the fingers of the hand.
  • the biometric information detection unit 20 acquires a blood vessel image of the finger by the imaging sensor 21, and performs personal authentication processing using the blood vessel pattern.
  • the pulse waveform may be used for personal authentication processing by the biometric sensor 23.
  • a fingerprint image of a finger or a heel image of the middle of a finger is acquired, and personal authentication processing is performed using a fingerprint pattern or a heel pattern.
  • the validity flag is “1” until the band 11A is removed after the personal authentication.
  • the wearing device of this modification can be a glasses-type device in which the wearing unit is worn on the face as a frame of glasses.
  • the spectacle-type wearing device 1B shown in FIG. 25 wears the wearing unit 10B on the face.
  • the biometric information detection unit 20 captures the pupil by the imaging sensor 21, acquires a capillary blood vessel image or iris image of the retina, and performs personal authentication processing using the capillary blood vessel pattern or iris pattern. After the personal authentication, the validity flag is “1” until the frame which is the wearing unit 10B is removed from the face.
  • the wearing device of this modification can be a glove-type or a palm-mounted type in which the mounting portion is mounted on the hand or palm.
  • the biological information detection unit 20 acquires a palm image or a vein image obtained by imaging the palm of the palm by the imaging sensor 21.
  • the personal authentication process is performed using the palm pattern or vein pattern. After the personal authentication, the validity flag is “1” until the mounting unit 10C is removed from the hand.
  • the wearing device of this modification can be an ear wearing type in the shape of a headphone, an earphone, a pierced earring, or the like, in which the mounting portion is mounted on the ear.
  • the biological information detecting unit 20 takes an ear shape image, a vein image such as an earlobe, etc. by the imaging sensor 21.
  • the personal authentication process is performed using the ear shape pattern and the vein pattern. After the personal authentication, the validity flag is “1” until the wearing unit 10D is removed from the ear.
  • the wearing device according to the present modification can be a clothing type in the shape of a shirt, sweater, pants, socks, or the like that wears the mounting portion on the body.
  • the biological information detection unit 20 uses the imaging sensor 21 to capture a vein image or a physical feature image of any part of the body. (Mole's position, size, etc.) is captured and acquired.
  • Personal authentication processing is performed based on vein patterns and body feature patterns. The validity flag is “1” until the device 1E is removed after the personal authentication.
  • the mounting unit 10 monitors the ON / OFF signal of the opening / closing unit 12 and the detection processing unit 52 detects the mounting and non-mounting, but the configuration is not limited thereto.
  • the band 11 of the mounting portion 10 is a metal bracelet or the like that is mounted around the user's wrist in an annular shape.
  • the mounting portion 10 further includes an adjustment portion, and the adjustment portion is a band pressing member that can variably adjust the circumferential length of the annular shape of the band 11.
  • the band pressing member may be a buckle such as a single opening type, a double hole type, or a double lock type.
  • the adjustment unit includes a rotary mechanism that measures the circumference including the circumference where the band 11 is fixed to the wrist, an optical sensor that counts a certain length, or a switch sensor that detects that the buckle is folded. Is provided, and the measured circumference is output.
  • the initial registration unit 65 performs personal authentication processing when the user wears the wearing device 1 on the wrist. At that time, the initial registration unit 65 measures the circumference when personal authentication is performed (referred to as the circumference in the mounted state). The measured circumference of the mounted state is stored in the storage unit 70.
  • the wearing device 1 detects the wrist of the user. Is detected, and a mounting event IV1 is output.
  • the determination that the circumferences are the same is made when the circumference of the band 11 is shorter than the circumference added by a predetermined length (for example, 2 mm) than the circumference in the wearing state in consideration of errors at the time of wearing. Is considered equivalent.
  • the detection processing unit 52 determines that the mounting device 1 is in the case where the measured circumference of the band 11 is a predetermined length (for example, 2 mm) or more than the circumference of the wearing state. It detects that the user's wrist has been removed, and outputs a non-wearing event IV3.
  • the mounting event IV1 may be output when the pressure data (contact pressing) output from the pressing sensor provided in the opening / closing unit 12 reaches a predetermined pressure.
  • a predetermined pressure as the processing of the initial registration unit 65 of the control unit 50, pressure data acquired when the user wears the wearing device 1 is registered.
  • the predetermined pressure can be acquired as different pressure data depending on the wrist circumference or the elasticity of the wrist.
  • the control unit 50 sets the valid flag of the result data 85 to “0” by the event handler process of the non-wearing event IV3.
  • the timing for setting the valid flag of the result data 85 to “0” may be performed by the following configurations (1) to (3).
  • the determination processing unit 59 can output the determination result with reference to the set valid flag at such timing.
  • personal authentication may be performed by calling the authentication processing unit 57 at such timing.
  • Such configurations (1) to (3) may be combined with a plurality of configurations instead of a single unit.
  • the wearing device 1 further includes a biological maintenance information acquisition unit that acquires biological maintenance information for determining that the state of the user's biological body is maintained, and when the acquired biological maintenance information has changed, The valid flag may be set to “0”.
  • the biological maintenance information is an example of biological reaction information, and the biological maintenance information acquisition unit corresponds to the biological reaction information acquisition unit.
  • the living body maintenance information is information related to a biological reaction such as a pulse wave waveform, a pulse rate, a skin temperature, and a deep skin temperature detected by the biological sensor 23.
  • the living body maintenance information is continuously measured at regular intervals (for example, once / second).
  • the state of living body maintenance is the state of maintenance of survival, maintenance of consciousness, maintenance of awakening, and the state of living body maintenance such as the state that each state has changed, the survival has been interrupted, the consciousness has been lost, or the sleep has fallen into sleep.
  • the measured value of the above-mentioned living body maintenance information changes.
  • By monitoring the fluctuation state of the measured value and comparing it with a predetermined state it is possible to capture a change in the state of living body maintenance. For example, when a predetermined pulsation waveform no longer exists in the pulse waveform, it is determined that the state of survival maintenance has changed.
  • information such as no fluctuation, no sudden change in momentum, no sudden change in exercise intensity is calculated as the living body maintenance information.
  • These pieces of information can be calculated from the relationship between the body motion information per unit time acquired from the acceleration sensor provided in the operation unit 37 and the change in the pulse rate.
  • the wearing device 1 sets the valid flag to “0” when the time acquired from the time measuring unit 39 reaches a predetermined time.
  • the predetermined time is a time set by the user by the initial registration unit 65 of the control unit 50, and sets a time during which the result of personal authentication is valid. In other words, the result of the personal authentication process is valid until the predetermined time, but the result of the personal authentication process is invalidated when the predetermined time elapses. For example, if the predetermined time is determined to be 6:00 every morning, the result of the personal authentication process becomes invalid at 6:00 every morning, and if the user wants to continue using the wearing device 1, the personal authentication process is performed again. Can do.
  • the predetermined time may be an elapsed time.
  • the personal authentication process is performed at every predetermined time, so that the robustness of security is increased and a certain time from the predetermined time (for example, every morning from 6:00 to 30 minutes) It is possible to reserve it as a necessary time in a planned manner.
  • the wearing device 1 further includes a positioning sensor (corresponding to a position information acquisition unit) that acquires user position information.
  • a positioning sensor corresponding to a position information acquisition unit
  • the valid flag is set to “0”. It may be set.
  • the position information is, for example, position information calculated based on a signal acquired from a GNSS (Global Navigation Satellite System) satellite or the like, and can be continuously acquired at regular time intervals (for example, once / second).
  • the predetermined range is a range that is set by the user by the initial registration unit 65 of the control unit 50, and a user's action range including a place where the user may perform payment processing is set. That is, when the mounted device 1 is out of the user's action range, the validity flag is set to “0”, so that the robustness of security can be further enhanced in a place where payment processing is not necessary.
  • a user who has been personally authenticated may be provided with a temporary reception unit that can be temporarily released (set to a non-wearing state) during wearing by a user's own operation.
  • the temporary reception unit controls the operation unit 37 and the display unit 31 to acquire a simple collation key from the user.
  • a simple collation key is, for example, a 4-digit character or an answer to a question.
  • the temporary reception unit outputs a simple verification key to the authentication processing unit 57.
  • the authentication processing unit 57 prompts the user to input a simple verification key when called from the event handler of the mounting event IV1.
  • the personal authentication can be restored with a simple procedure.
  • it is a convenient function before and after bathing and before and after hand washing.
  • the simple collation key collation corresponds to performing simple personal authentication.
  • the reception processing unit 61 has been illustrated by inputting a simple personal identification number and collating the predetermined operation to be operated by the user, but the predetermined operation is not limited to the input operation.
  • an action operation such as an operation of shaking the mounted device 1 or an operation of tapping the mounted device 1 may be used.
  • the acceleration signal pattern detected by the acceleration sensor provided in the operation unit 37 can be identified by comparing with a predetermined pattern.
  • action operation with respect to the mounting apparatus 1 may be sufficient.
  • the authentication request process (step S60) shown in FIG. 7 is an event handler when the payment request event IV5 occurs, but is the payment request received from the payment processing system? You may add the process which makes it determine in advance. For example, before a payment process is performed, when a predetermined operation (for example, tapping the mounted device 1 three times) is performed by the user, a process of receiving a payment request is added. By adding such a predetermined operation, the communication unit 41 and the request detection processing unit 56 can be in a reception waiting state only when payment processing is necessary, and it is necessary to wait for reception when payment processing is not necessary. Power consumption can be reduced.
  • a predetermined operation for example, tapping the mounted device 1 three times
  • Authentication processing unit 59 ... determination processing unit, 61 ... reception processing unit, 63 ... notification processing unit, 65. , 67 ... event processing part, 70 ... storage part, 72 ... personal information table, 73 ... personal information data, 75 ... card information data, 81 ... registration authentication data, 83 ... acquisition authentication data, 85 ... result data.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Software Systems (AREA)
  • Medical Informatics (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Surgery (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Pathology (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physiology (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Measurement Of The Respiration, Hearing Ability, Form, And Blood Characteristics Of Living Organisms (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a wearable device that quickly outputs the result of a personal authentication without the user having to perform a personal authentication process every time. This wearable device 1 is equipped with: an authentication processing unit 57 that performs a personal authentication of a user U wearing the wearable device 1; a detection unit that detects the wearing state of the wearable device 1; a determination processing unit 59 that, on the basis of the wearing state detected by the detection unit, determines whether to validate or to invalidate the personal authentication result; and a control unit 50 that, when the user has been personally authenticated (operation P2) by the authentication processing unit 57 and the determination processing unit 59 has determined to validate the personal authentication result, omits the personal authentication by the authentication processing unit 57 and outputs the personal authentication result (a command RP1 in accordance with a command RQ1, a command RP2 in accordance with a command RQ2).

Description

[規則37.2に基づきISAが決定した発明の名称] 装着機器[Name of invention determined by ISA based on Rule 37.2] Equipment
 本発明は、装着機器、決済システム、および決済方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a mounted device, a payment system, and a payment method.
 従来、特許文献1に示すようにユーザーの手首など身体に装着され、ユーザーの生体情報を用いて個人認証を行う装着機器が知られていた。当該装着機器では、個人認証された結果を外部装置に送信し、個人認証されたユーザーが外部装置の操作を可能とするものであった。 Conventionally, as shown in Patent Document 1, a wearing device that is worn on a body such as a user's wrist and performs personal authentication using the user's biometric information has been known. In the mounting device, the personal authentication result is transmitted to the external device, and the user who has been personally authenticated can operate the external device.
特開2006-48667号公報JP 2006-48667 A
 しかしながら、特許文献1に記載の装着機器では、個人認証が必要な場合に都度ユーザーの認証処理が行われるため、外部装置に対して個人認証の照合結果が出来上がるまでの時間を待たせる必要があった。また、特許文献1では、認証方法として静脈パターンの照合が挙げられているが、静脈撮像位置の再調整などが生じるとユーザーの操作時間に依存し、認証処理にかかる時間が一定ではなかった。
 例えば、個人認証が必要なクレジットカードやデビットカードなどのカード情報を外部装置に出力するようなシーンとして有料道路の出口における通行料金の支払い、および電車やバスの乗車料金の支払いなどが挙げられる。これらのシーンでは、速やかに支払処理をする必要があるが、特許文献1に記載の装着機器では個人認証処理に費やされる時間に相当の時間を要するとともに、個人認証処理に要する時間が不定であるために、これらのような用途では利用することが困難であった。
However, in the mounting device described in Patent Document 1, since user authentication processing is performed every time personal authentication is required, it is necessary to wait for the external device to wait for a personal authentication verification result. It was. In Patent Document 1, vein pattern matching is cited as an authentication method. However, when readjustment of a vein imaging position or the like occurs, the time required for authentication processing is not constant depending on the operation time of the user.
For example, scenes in which card information such as a credit card or debit card that requires personal authentication is output to an external device include payment of a toll at the exit of a toll road and payment of a train or bus boarding fee. In these scenes, it is necessary to perform payment processing promptly. However, the wearing device described in Patent Document 1 requires a considerable amount of time for personal authentication processing, and the time required for personal authentication processing is indefinite. Therefore, it has been difficult to use in applications such as these.
 また、特許文献1に記載の装着機器においては、カード情報などの高いセキュリティーを要する情報を扱うにも係わらず、ユーザーの意図に反して装着機器の装着が解除されたような場合に、装着機器の不正使用を防止する機能が考慮されていなかった。 In addition, in the mounting device described in Patent Document 1, when the mounting device is released from the user's intention despite the handling of information that requires high security such as card information, the mounting device The function to prevent unauthorized use of was not considered.
 また、従来の装着機器では、ユーザーの個人認証された結果を、信頼できる他のユーザーに代理で利用させたい場合、例えば、家族などで1台の装着機器を共有し、夫の代理で妻が金融処理などを行いたい場合や、後見人などが被後見人の代理となり財産などの処理を行いたい場合において、ユーザーの個人認証の結果を、他のユーザーが利用することはできなかった。このため、信頼できる代理人に対してユーザーの個人認証の結果を、容易かつ安全に託す(継承する)ことができる装着機器の提供が望まれていた。 Also, with conventional wearing devices, if you want other trusted users to use the result of the user's personal authentication as a proxy, for example, you can share one wearing device with your family, In cases where financial processing or the like is desired, or when a guardian or the like acts as a substitute for the guardian and performs processing of property or the like, the result of the personal authentication of the user cannot be used by other users. Therefore, it has been desired to provide a mounting device that can easily and safely entrust (inherit) the result of personal authentication of a user to a reliable agent.
 本発明は、上述の課題の少なくとも一部を解決するためになされたものであり、個人認証の結果が情報として有効である期間は、改めてユーザーの個人認証処理をすることなく、個人認証の結果を出力する装着機器を提供することにある。 The present invention has been made in order to solve at least a part of the above-described problems. During a period when the result of personal authentication is valid as information, the result of personal authentication is performed without performing user personal authentication processing again. It is to provide a mounting device that outputs.
 また、本発明は、装着機器により行われたユーザーの個人認証の結果を、容易な処理でかつ安全に代理人へ継承することができる装着機器を提供することにある。
It is another object of the present invention to provide a mounting device that can easily pass on the result of personal authentication of a user performed by the mounting device to an agent with easy processing.
 [適用例1]本適用例に係わる装着機器は、使用者に装着可能な装着機器であって、前記装着機器が装着された前記使用者の個人認証を行う認証部と、前記装着機器の装着状態を検出する検出部と、前記検出部により検出された前記装着状態に基づいて、前記個人認証の結果を有効とするか、または無効とするかを判定する判定部と、前記認証部により前記使用者が前記個人認証された後で、前記判定部により前記個人認証の結果を有効とすることが判定された場合は、前記認証部による前記個人認証を省略して前記個人認証の結果を出力する制御部と、を備えることを特徴とする。 Application Example 1 A mounting device according to this application example is a mounting device that can be mounted on a user, and an authentication unit that performs personal authentication of the user on which the mounting device is mounted, and mounting of the mounting device A detection unit that detects a state; a determination unit that determines whether the result of personal authentication is valid or invalid based on the wearing state detected by the detection unit; and If the determination unit determines that the result of the personal authentication is valid after the user is authenticated, the personal authentication by the authentication unit is omitted and the result of the personal authentication is output. And a control unit.
 本適用例によれば、装着機器は、個人認証された後で装着状態に基づいて個人認証された結果を有効とするか無効とするか判定し、判定した結果を出力する。例えば、個人認証された後で、装着状態が継続している期間は、個人認証された結果が有効であると出力する。この間は、個人認証が都度行われることはない。
 従って、個人認証の結果が有効である期間は、改めて使用者の個人認証処理をすることなく、個人認証の結果を出力することができる。
According to this application example, the mounted device determines whether the personal authentication result is valid or invalid based on the mounting state after the personal authentication is performed, and outputs the determined result. For example, it outputs that the result of personal authentication is valid during a period in which the wearing state continues after personal authentication. During this time, personal authentication is not performed each time.
Therefore, during the period when the result of personal authentication is valid, the result of personal authentication can be output without performing user personal authentication processing again.
 [適用例2]前記装着機器は、さらに、前記装着機器の装着解除指示を受け付ける受付部と、情報を視覚、聴覚、および触覚の少なくとも1つを含む生体の感覚を刺激して告知する告知部と、を備え、前記制御部は、前記使用者が前記受付部へ前記装着解除指示をしていない非受付時に、前記検出部により前記装着状態が非装着となった場合には、前記告知部によって異常情報を告知することを特徴とする。 Application Example 2 The mounting device further includes a receiving unit that receives a mounting release instruction for the mounting device, and a notification unit that stimulates a sense of a living body including at least one of visual, auditory, and tactile information. The control unit includes the notification unit in a case where the mounting state is not mounted by the detection unit when the user has not received the mounting release instruction from the receiving unit. It is characterized by announcing abnormality information.
 本適用例によれば、装着解除指示の非受付時に、装着機器が非装着になった場合は、異常情報が告知される。
 従って、装着機器は、使用者の意図に反して装着が解除されたような場合に、装着機器の不正使用を防止する機能を備えている。
According to this application example, when the mounted device is not mounted when the mounting release instruction is not received, abnormality information is notified.
Accordingly, the wearing device has a function of preventing unauthorized use of the wearing device when the wearing device is released against the user's intention.
 [適用例3]前記装着機器は、さらに、クレジットカード機能、キャッシュカード機能、デビットカード機能、およびネットバンキング機能の少なくとも1つの機能が用いられた金融処理を可能とする金融処理情報を記憶する記憶部を備え、前記制御部は、前記認証部により前記装着機器が装着された前記使用者が前記個人認証された後で、前記判定部により前記個人認証の結果を有効とすることが判定された場合は、前記金融処理を実行し、前記個人認証の結果を無効とすると判定された場合では、前記金融処理は実行不可とすることを特徴とする。 [Application Example 3] The storage device further stores financial processing information that enables financial processing using at least one of a credit card function, a cash card function, a debit card function, and a net banking function. The control unit is determined to validate the result of the personal authentication by the determination unit after the user who has mounted the wearing device is authenticated by the authentication unit. In this case, the financial processing is executed, and when it is determined that the result of the personal authentication is invalid, the financial processing is not executable.
 本適用例によれば、個人認証された装着機器において金融処理を行うことができ、個人認証されなかった装着機器においては金融処理を行うことができないため、使用者以外の成りすましの防止となる。 According to this application example, financial processing can be performed on a personally-equipped wearable device, and financial processing cannot be performed on a wearable device that has not been personally authenticated. This prevents impersonation by anyone other than the user.
 [適用例4]前記装着機器は、さらに、前記使用者に装着するための装着部を備え、前記装着部は、前記使用者の手首の周囲に環状形状を成し、前記装着部は、前記環状形状を開閉する開閉部を有し、前記検出部は、前記開閉部が開いた場合に、前記装着状態を非装着として検出することを特徴とする。 Application Example 4 The mounting device further includes a mounting portion for mounting on the user, the mounting portion having an annular shape around the wrist of the user, An opening / closing part that opens and closes an annular shape is provided, and the detection part detects the attachment state as non-attachment when the opening / closing part is opened.
 本適用例によれば、装着部は、例えば、装着機器を手首に装着するベルトであって、開閉部は、例えば、ベルトをピンバック式のバックルで腕に固定するものを採用することができる。 According to this application example, for example, the mounting unit may be a belt that mounts the mounting device on the wrist, and the opening / closing unit may be, for example, one that fixes the belt to the arm with a pin-back buckle. .
 [適用例5]前記装着機器は、さらに、前記使用者に装着するための装着部を備え、前記装着部は、前記使用者の手首の周囲に環状形状を成し、前記装着部は、前記環状形状の周長を可変に調整する調整部を有し、前記検出部は、前記調整部により装着状態の周長から所定の長さ分長くなった場合に、前記装着状態を非装着として検出することを特徴とする。 Application Example 5 The mounting device further includes a mounting portion for mounting on the user, the mounting portion having an annular shape around the wrist of the user, An adjustment unit that variably adjusts the circumferential length of the annular shape, and the detection unit detects that the mounting state is not mounted when the adjustment unit becomes longer by a predetermined length than the circumferential length of the mounting state It is characterized by doing.
 本適用例によれば、装着部は、例えば、装着機器を手首に装着するブレスレットであって、調整部は、例えば、環状形状の周長を可変にして手首に装着する片開き式、両穴式、二重ロック式などのバックルで腕に固定するものを採用することができる。 According to this application example, the mounting unit is, for example, a bracelet that mounts a mounting device on the wrist, and the adjustment unit is, for example, a single-open type, both-holes that are mounted on the wrist with a variable ring-shaped circumference. What is fixed to the arm with a buckle such as a double lock type can be employed.
 [適用例6]前記認証部は、前記使用者の生体情報を取得し、前記個人認証を行うことを特徴とする。 Application Example 6 The authentication unit acquires the user's biometric information and performs the personal authentication.
 本適用例によれば、生体情報により使用者の身体特徴を利用して個人を識別することができる。 According to this application example, it is possible to identify an individual using the physical characteristics of the user based on the biological information.
 [適用例7]前記認証部は、前記使用者が入力する暗証番号によって、前記個人認証を行うことを特徴とする。 [Application Example 7] The authentication unit performs the personal authentication based on a password entered by the user.
 本適用例によれば、使用者が記憶する暗証番号によって、個人を識別することができる。 According to this application example, an individual can be identified by a personal identification number stored by the user.
 [適用例8]前記認証部は、コンピューター通信網を介して認証サーバーと接続し、前記使用者から取得した情報と前記認証サーバーに記憶される前記使用者の固有情報とを照合して前記個人認証を行うことを特徴とする。 Application Example 8 The authentication unit is connected to an authentication server via a computer communication network, and collates information acquired from the user with the user's unique information stored in the authentication server, It is characterized by performing authentication.
 本適用例によれば、認証サーバーに記憶される豊富な固有情報によって個人認証を行うことができるため、例えば、個人認証の正確性を高めることができる。 According to this application example, personal authentication can be performed by using abundant unique information stored in the authentication server. For example, the accuracy of personal authentication can be improved.
 [適用例9]前記装着機器は、さらに、前記使用者の生体反応を検出し生体反応情報を取得する生体反応情報取得部を備え、前記判定部は、前記生体反応情報取得部により前記生体反応情報が継続して検出されているか否かの情報に基づいて、前記個人認証した結果を有効とするか、または無効とするかを判定することを特徴とする。 Application Example 9 The wearing device further includes a biological reaction information acquisition unit that detects a biological reaction of the user and acquires biological reaction information, and the determination unit uses the biological reaction information acquisition unit to detect the biological reaction. Whether to validate or invalidate the result of the personal authentication is determined based on information indicating whether or not the information is continuously detected.
 本適用例によれば、生体反応情報が継続されて検出されている間は、個人認証した結果を有効とすることができる。つまり、生体反応情報に特段の変化がない場合では、個人認証した結果が有効であると判定されるため、個人認証が都度行われることはない。 According to this application example, it is possible to validate the result of personal authentication while the biological reaction information is continuously detected. That is, when there is no particular change in the biological reaction information, it is determined that the result of personal authentication is valid, so personal authentication is not performed each time.
 [適用例10]前記装着機器は、さらに、時刻を計時する計時部と、前記装着機器の位置を取得する位置情報取得部と、前記使用者の生体反応を検出し生体反応情報を取得する生体反応情報取得部と、のうち少なくとも1つを備え、前記認証部は、前記時刻が所定時刻になった場合、前記位置が所定範囲から外れた場合、および前記生体反応情報が変化した場合、のうち少なくとも1の場合に前記使用者の前記個人認証を行うことを特徴とする。 Application Example 10 The wearing device further includes a timekeeping unit that measures time, a position information obtaining unit that obtains a position of the wearing device, and a living body that detects biological reaction of the user and obtains biological reaction information. And at least one of a reaction information acquisition unit, and the authentication unit, when the time is a predetermined time, when the position is out of a predetermined range, and when the biological reaction information has changed, The personal authentication of the user is performed in at least one of the cases.
 本適用例によれば、生体反応情報が継続されて検出されていない場合に、個人認証を行い再確認することができる。また、所定時刻になった場合や装着機器の位置が所定範囲から外れた場合に、個人認証を行うことができる。装着が継続されていた場合でも、上述のタイミングで個人認証が行われるため、例えば、不正利用の防止に役立てることができる。 According to this application example, when the biological reaction information is not continuously detected, the personal authentication can be performed and reconfirmed. Also, personal authentication can be performed when the predetermined time comes or when the position of the mounted device is out of the predetermined range. Even when wearing is continued, personal authentication is performed at the above-described timing, which can be used, for example, to prevent unauthorized use.
 [適用例11]前記装着機器は、さらに、前記装着機器の一時的な装着解除を受け付ける一時受付部を備え、前記制御部は、前記個人認証された使用者から前記一時的な装着解除を受け付けた場合には、前記認証部に簡易的な個人認証を行わせることを特徴とする。 Application Example 11 The mounting device further includes a temporary reception unit that receives temporary mounting release of the mounting device, and the control unit receives the temporary mounting release from the personally authenticated user. In such a case, the authentication unit is allowed to perform simple personal authentication.
 本適用例によれば、個人認証された使用者が一時的に装着機器を装着し直したい場合に、簡易的な操作で個人認証を行うことができる。 適用 According to this application example, when a user who has been personally authenticated wants to temporarily reattach the device, personal authentication can be performed with a simple operation.
 [適用例12]前記検出部は、前記使用者の手首への接触押圧を検出し、前記使用者の装着時の前記接触押圧に基づいて前記装着状態を検出することを特徴とする。 [Application Example 12] The detection unit detects a contact pressure on the wrist of the user and detects the wearing state based on the contact pressure when the user wears the wrist.
 本適用例によれば、使用者の手首の特徴が反映された接触押圧に基づいて、使用者本人が、装着機器を装着していることを検出することができる。 According to this application example, it is possible to detect that the user himself / herself is wearing the wearing device based on the contact pressure reflecting the characteristics of the user's wrist.
 [適用例13]前記装着機器は、さらに、電力を発現する電力発現部を備え、前記装着機器は、前記電力発現部からの電力により動作することを特徴とする。 Application Example 13 The mounting device further includes a power generating unit that generates power, and the mounting device is operated by power from the power generating unit.
 本適用例によれば、装着機器は電力を発現する電力発現部を備えるため、例えば、装着状態における常時動作性等の向上を図ることができる。 According to this application example, since the mounting device includes the power generating unit that generates power, for example, it is possible to improve the normal operability in the mounted state.
 [適用例14]本適用例に係わる装着機器は、第1使用者および第2使用者に装着可能な装着機器であって、前記装着機器が装着された前記第1使用者および前記第2使用者の個人認証を行う認証部と、前記装着機器の装着状態を検出する検出部と、前記検出部により検出された前記装着状態に基づいて、前記個人認証の結果を有効とするか、または無効とするかの判定に必要な情報処理を行う判定処理部と、前記認証部による前記個人認証の結果に基づく情報を出力する制御部と、前記装着機器の権利継承指示を受け付ける継承受付部と、を備えることを特徴とする。 Application Example 14 A wearing device according to this application example is a wearing device that can be worn by a first user and a second user, and the first user and the second user wearing the wearing device. An authentication unit that performs personal authentication of a person, a detection unit that detects a mounting state of the mounting device, and whether the result of the personal authentication is valid or invalid based on the mounting state detected by the detection unit A determination processing unit that performs information processing necessary for determining whether to perform, a control unit that outputs information based on a result of the personal authentication by the authentication unit, an inheritance reception unit that receives a right inheritance instruction of the mounted device, It is characterized by providing.
 本適用例によれば、第1使用者および第2使用者の個人認証が行われた装着機器において、継承受付部により第1使用者と第2使用者との間で権利の継承をすることができる。例えば、装着機器において行われた第1使用者(ユーザー)の個人認証の結果に基づく情報を、第1使用者から権利継承指示を受け付けるといった容易な処理により、第2使用者(代理人)に利用させることができる。このとき、第2使用者自身の個人認証を行うことで安全性を高めることができる。
 従って、装着機器により行われた第1使用者(ユーザー)の個人認証の結果を、容易な処理でかつ安全に第2使用者(代理人)へ継承することができる装着機器を提供することができる。
According to this application example, in the wearing device in which personal authentication of the first user and the second user is performed, the right is inherited between the first user and the second user by the inheritance receiving unit. Can do. For example, information based on the result of personal authentication of the first user (user) performed on the wearing device can be sent to the second user (agent) by an easy process such as receiving a right inheritance instruction from the first user. Can be used. At this time, safety can be improved by performing personal authentication of the second user.
Therefore, it is possible to provide a mounting device that can easily pass on the result of the personal authentication of the first user (user) performed by the mounting device to the second user (agent) with easy processing. it can.
 [適用例15]上記適用例14に記載の装着機器において、前記装着機器は、さらに、情報を視覚、聴覚、および触覚の少なくとも1つを含む生体の感覚を刺激して報知する報知部を備え、前記制御部は、前記継承受付部が前記第1使用者より前記権利継承指示を受け付けていない非継承時に、前記認証部により前記第2使用者の前記個人認証が行われた場合に、前記報知部によって非継承情報を報知することを特徴とする。 Application Example 15 In the wearing device according to the application example 14, the wearing device further includes a notification unit that stimulates and informs a sense of a living body including at least one of visual, auditory, and tactile information. The control unit, when the personal authentication of the second user is performed by the authentication unit when the inheritance reception unit is not inheriting the right inheritance instruction from the first user, Non-inheritance information is notified by a notification unit.
 本適用例によれば、装着機器を装着した第2使用者は、報知部から、第1使用者によって権利継承されていないという非継承情報を取得することができる。 According to this application example, the second user wearing the wearing device can acquire the non-inheritance information that the right is not inherited by the first user from the notification unit.
 [適用例16]上記適用例14または15に記載の装着機器において、前記装着機器は、さらに、前記第1使用者に係わる第1使用者情報を記憶する記憶部を備え、前記制御部は、前記継承受付部が前記第1使用者から前記第2使用者に対して前記権利継承指示を受け付けている継承時に、前記認証部により前記第2使用者の前記個人認証が行われ、前記判定処理部により前記第2使用者の前記個人認証の結果を有効と判定した場合に、前記第1使用者の前記第1使用者情報を出力すること、を特徴とする。 Application Example 16 In the mounting device according to Application Example 14 or 15, the mounting device further includes a storage unit that stores first user information related to the first user, and the control unit includes: When the inheritance acceptance unit accepts the right inheritance instruction from the first user to the second user, the authentication unit performs the personal authentication of the second user, and the determination process When the result of the personal authentication of the second user is determined to be valid by the unit, the first user information of the first user is output.
 本適用例によれば、第2使用者の個人認証が行われた装着機器は、第1使用者から権利継承指示を受け付けている継承時に、第1使用者情報を出力することができる。 According to this application example, the wearing device that has been subjected to the personal authentication of the second user can output the first user information when inheriting a right inheritance instruction from the first user.
 [適用例17]上記適用例16に記載の装着機器において、前記第1使用者情報は、前記第1使用者のマイナンバー情報、クレジットカード情報、キャッシュカード情報、デビットカード情報、およびネットバンキング情報の少なくとも1つを含むことを特徴とする。 [Application Example 17] In the wearing device according to Application Example 16, the first user information includes My Number information, credit card information, cash card information, debit card information, and net banking information of the first user. It is characterized by including at least one of these.
 本適用例によれば、第1使用者情報には、第1使用者の個人識別番号や金融情報を含めることができる。 According to this application example, the first user information can include the personal identification number of the first user and financial information.
 [適用例18]上記適用例14ないし17のいずれかに記載の装着機器において、前記認証部は、前記第1使用者および前記第2使用者を含む使用者の生体情報を取得し、前記個人認証を行うことを特徴とする。 [Application Example 18] In the wearing device according to any one of Application Examples 14 to 17, the authentication unit acquires biometric information of users including the first user and the second user, and the individual It is characterized by performing authentication.
 本適用例によれば、生体情報により使用者の身体特徴を利用して個人を識別することができる。 According to this application example, it is possible to identify an individual using the physical characteristics of the user based on the biological information.
 [適用例19]上記適用例18に記載の装着機器において、前記認証部は、前記使用者が入力する暗証番号によって、前記個人認証を行うことを特徴とする。 Application Example 19 In the wearing device according to Application Example 18, the authentication unit performs the personal authentication using a personal identification number input by the user.
 本適用例によれば、使用者によって記憶された暗証番号によって、使用者個人を識別することができる。 According to this application example, the individual user can be identified by the password stored by the user.
 [適用例20]上記適用例18または19に記載の装着機器において、前記認証部は、コンピューター通信網を介して認証サーバーと接続し、前記使用者から取得した情報と前記認証サーバーに記憶される前記使用者の固有情報とを照合して前記個人認証を行うことを特徴とする。 Application Example 20 In the mounting device according to Application Example 18 or 19, the authentication unit is connected to an authentication server via a computer communication network, and information acquired from the user is stored in the authentication server. The personal authentication is performed by collating with the unique information of the user.
 本適用例によれば、認証サーバーに記憶される豊富な固有情報によって個人認証を行うことができるため、例えば、個人認証の正確性を高めることができる。 According to this application example, personal authentication can be performed by using abundant unique information stored in the authentication server. For example, the accuracy of personal authentication can be improved.
 [適用例21]上記適用例18ないし20のいずれかに記載の装着機器において、前記装着機器は、さらに、前記使用者の生体反応を検出し生体反応情報を取得する生体反応情報取得部を備え、前記判定処理部は、前記生体反応情報取得部により前記生体反応情報が継続して検出されているか否かの情報に基づいて、前記個人認証した結果を有効とするか、または無効とするかを判定することを特徴とする。 Application Example 21 In the mounting device according to any one of the application examples 18 to 20, the mounting device further includes a biological reaction information acquisition unit that detects a biological reaction of the user and acquires biological reaction information. The determination processing unit validates or invalidates the result of the personal authentication based on information on whether or not the biological reaction information is continuously detected by the biological reaction information acquisition unit. It is characterized by determining.
 本適用例によれば、生体反応情報が継続されて検出されている間は、個人認証した結果を有効とすることができる。つまり、生体反応情報に特段の変化がない場合では、個人認証した結果が有効であると判定されるため、個人認証が都度行われることはない。 According to this application example, it is possible to validate the result of personal authentication while the biological reaction information is continuously detected. That is, when there is no particular change in the biological reaction information, it is determined that the result of personal authentication is valid, so personal authentication is not performed each time.
 [適用例22]上記適用例18ないし21のいずれかに記載の装着機器において、前記装着機器は、さらに、時刻を計時する計時部と、前記装着機器の位置を取得する位置情報取得部と、前記使用者の生体反応を検出し生体反応情報を取得する生体反応情報取得部と、のうち少なくとも1つを備え、前記認証部は、前記時刻が所定時刻になった場合、前記位置が所定範囲から外れた場合、および前記生体反応情報が変化した場合、のうち少なくとも1の場合に前記使用者の前記個人認証を行うことを特徴とする。 Application Example 22 In the mounting device according to any one of the application examples 18 to 21, the mounting device further includes a time measuring unit that measures time, a position information acquisition unit that acquires a position of the mounting device, A biological reaction information acquisition unit that detects biological reaction of the user and acquires biological reaction information, and the authentication unit has a predetermined range when the time is a predetermined time. The personal authentication of the user is performed in at least one of a case where the user is out of the range and a case where the biological reaction information is changed.
 本適用例によれば、生体反応情報が継続されて検出されていない場合に、個人認証を行い再確認することができる。また、所定時刻になった場合や装着機器の位置が所定範囲から外れた場合に、個人認証を行うことができる。装着が継続されていた場合でも、上述のタイミングで個人認証が行われるため、例えば、不正利用の防止に役立てることができる。 According to this application example, when the biological reaction information is not continuously detected, the personal authentication can be performed and reconfirmed. Also, personal authentication can be performed when the predetermined time comes or when the position of the mounted device is out of the predetermined range. Even when wearing is continued, personal authentication is performed at the above-described timing, which can be used, for example, to prevent unauthorized use.
 [適用例23]上記適用例14ないし22のいずれかに記載の装着機器において、前記装着機器は、さらに、電力を発現する電力発現部を備え、前記装着機器は、前記電力発現部からの電力により動作することを特徴とする。 Application Example 23 In the mounting device according to any one of Application Examples 14 to 22, the mounting device further includes a power generating unit that generates power, and the mounting device receives power from the power generating unit. It operates by.
 本適用例によれば、装着機器は電力を発現する電力発現部を備えるため、例えば、装着状態における常時動作性等の向上を図ることができる。 According to this application example, since the mounting device includes the power generating unit that generates power, for example, it is possible to improve the normal operability in the mounted state.
 [適用例24]本適用例に係わる決済システムは、前記装着機器を用いることを特徴とする。 [Application Example 24] The settlement system according to this application example uses the above-mentioned mounting device.
 本適用例によれば、決済システムにおいて、第1使用者および第2使用者の個人認証が行われた装着機器において、第1使用者と第2使用者との間で権利の継承をすることができる。例えば、装着機器により個人認証された第1使用者が所有する金融情報などによる支払い処理を、装着機器により継承され、かつ個人認証された第2使用者が代理で行うことができる。 According to this application example, in the payment system, the right is transferred between the first user and the second user in the wearing device in which the first user and the second user are personally authenticated. Can do. For example, a payment process based on financial information owned by a first user who is personally authenticated by the mounting device can be performed by a second user who is inherited by the mounting device and personally authenticated.
 [適用例25]本適用例に係わる決済方法は、第1使用者および第2使用者に装着可能で、前記第1使用者および前記第2使用者の個人認証を行うことが可能な装着機器を用いて、前記第1使用者が、前記装着機器を装着し前記個人認証を行い、前記第1使用者が、前記第2使用者に前記装着機器の権利継承を行い、前記第2使用者が、前記装着機器を装着し前記個人認証を行うことによって、前記第2使用者が、前記第1使用者の代理として前記装着機器を用いて決済可能とすることを特徴とする。 [Application Example 25] The settlement method according to this application example can be worn by the first user and the second user, and can be worn by the first user and the second user. The first user wears the wearing device and performs the personal authentication, the first user inherits the right of the wearing device to the second user, and the second user However, by mounting the wearing device and performing the personal authentication, the second user can make a payment using the wearing device on behalf of the first user.
 本適用例によれば、第2使用者が、第1使用者の代理として装着機器を用いて決済可能な決済方法を提供することができる。 According to this application example, it is possible to provide a settlement method in which the second user can settle using the wearing device as a proxy for the first user.
装着機器の利用形態の概要を表す説明図。Explanatory drawing showing the outline | summary of the utilization form of a mounting apparatus. 認証シーケンスの概要を説明する図。The figure explaining the outline | summary of an authentication sequence. 装着機器の概略構成を示すブロック図。The block diagram which shows schematic structure of a mounting apparatus. 個人情報テーブルの一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of a personal information table. 登録認証データの一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of registration authentication data. 結果データの一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of result data. メイン制御処理の流れを示すフローチャート。The flowchart which shows the flow of a main control process. 初期登録処理の流れを示すフローチャート。The flowchart which shows the flow of an initial registration process. 装着イベント処理の流れを示すフローチャート。The flowchart which shows the flow of a mounting | wearing event process. 非装着イベント処理の流れを示すフローチャート。The flowchart which shows the flow of a non-wearing event process. 認証リクエスト処理の流れを示すフローチャート。The flowchart which shows the flow of an authentication request process. 非装着イベント処理の流れを示すフローチャート。The flowchart which shows the flow of a non-wearing event process. 装着機器の利用形態の概要を表す説明図。Explanatory drawing showing the outline | summary of the utilization form of a mounting apparatus. 認証シーケンスの概要を表す説明図。Explanatory drawing showing the outline | summary of an authentication sequence. 装着機器の概略構成を示すブロック図。The block diagram which shows schematic structure of a mounting apparatus. 個人情報テーブルの一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of a personal information table. 結果データの一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of result data. メイン制御処理の流れを示すフローチャート。The flowchart which shows the flow of a main control process. 装着イベント処理の流れを示すフローチャート。The flowchart which shows the flow of a mounting | wearing event process. 認証リクエスト処理の流れを示すフローチャート。The flowchart which shows the flow of an authentication request process. 継承イベント処理の流れを示すフローチャート。The flowchart which shows the flow of an inheritance event process. 継承先指定画面の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of an inheritance destination designation | designated screen. 継承情報指定画面の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of an inheritance information designation | designated screen. 変形例にかかる装着機器の利用形態の概要を表す説明図。Explanatory drawing showing the outline | summary of the utilization form of the mounting apparatus concerning a modification. 変形例にかかる装着機器の利用形態の概要を表す説明図。Explanatory drawing showing the outline | summary of the utilization form of the mounting apparatus concerning a modification. 変形例にかかる装着機器の利用形態の概要を表す説明図。Explanatory drawing showing the outline | summary of the utilization form of the mounting apparatus concerning a modification. 変形例にかかる装着機器の利用形態の概要を表す説明図。Explanatory drawing showing the outline | summary of the utilization form of the mounting apparatus concerning a modification. 変形例にかかる装着機器の利用形態の概要を表す説明図。Explanatory drawing showing the outline | summary of the utilization form of the mounting apparatus concerning a modification.
 以下、本発明の実施形態について、図面を参照して説明する。尚、以下の各図においては、各部や各画面を認識可能な程度の大きさにするため、各部や各画面の尺度を実際とは異ならせしめている。 Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. In the following drawings, the scale of each part and each screen is made different from the actual scale so that each part and each screen can be recognized.
 (実施形態1)
 図1は、装着機器の利用形態の概要を表す説明図である。
 装着機器1は、使用者としてのユーザーUの手首などに装着される端末である。装着機器1は、手首の周囲に巻き付けるバンド11に柔軟に変形可能なフレキシブルタイプの各種表示を行う表示部31と表示部31を覆うタッチパネルの操作部37が組み込まれている。図1に示す装着機器1は、ユーザーUの左手首に装着された状態であり、手の甲B側に表示部31と操作部37が備えられ、同じ左手の手の平F側にはバンド11を手首に装着し固定する開閉部12が備えられている。また、バンド11の内部には、CPU(Central Processing Unit)である制御部50、ユーザーUの生体情報を検出する生体情報検出部20、および無線通信により各種データを送受信する通信部41などが関連する回路と共に内蔵されている。
(Embodiment 1)
FIG. 1 is an explanatory diagram showing an outline of a usage form of a mounted device.
The wearing device 1 is a terminal worn on the wrist of the user U as a user. The wearing device 1 incorporates a display unit 31 that performs various types of flexible display that can be deformed flexibly on a band 11 that is wound around the wrist, and a touch panel operation unit 37 that covers the display unit 31. The wearing device 1 shown in FIG. 1 is attached to the left wrist of the user U, and is provided with a display unit 31 and an operation unit 37 on the back B side of the hand, and a band 11 on the palm F side of the same left hand. An opening / closing part 12 to be mounted and fixed is provided. In addition, a control unit 50 that is a CPU (Central Processing Unit), a biometric information detection unit 20 that detects biometric information of the user U, and a communication unit 41 that transmits and receives various data through wireless communication are associated with the inside of the band 11. It is built in with the circuit to do.
 料金システム5は、キャッシュカード、クレジットカード、およびデビッドカードなどのカード情報やネットバンキングなどの口座情報などの金融処理を可能とする金融処理情報に基づいて、ユーザーUが利用したサービスの料金の支払処理(金融処理に相当する)をする料金システムである。料金システム5は、料金を支払う場所に設置され、ユーザーUが近づくと装着機器1に対して、例えば、カード情報を要求するコマンドRQを無線通信により送信する。装着機器1は、コマンドRQを受信すると、時間T経過後に、カード情報を含むコマンドRPを料金システム5へ送信する。 The fee system 5 pays the fee for the service used by the user U based on financial processing information that enables financial processing such as card information such as cash card, credit card, and debit card and account information such as net banking. This is a fee system for processing (corresponding to financial processing). The fee system 5 is installed in a place where a fee is paid, and transmits a command RQ requesting card information to the mounted device 1 by wireless communication when the user U approaches. When receiving the command RQ, the mounted device 1 transmits a command RP including card information to the fee system 5 after the time T has elapsed.
 装着機器1では、ユーザーUのカード情報を記憶部70(後述する)に記憶している。装着機器1では、そのカード情報を料金システム5へ送信して良いか判断する必要がある。つまり、装着機器1を装着している人がユーザーU(サービスを利用したユーザーU)であるという確証を得た上で、ユーザーUのカード情報を送信する必要がある。そのために、ユーザーUの個人認証処理が行われる。
 また、装着機器1では、料金システム5からカード情報を要求された場合は、速やかにカード情報を送信する必要がある。
 例えば、料金システム5が自動車の通行料金を支払うための出口に設置されたETC(登録商標)(Electronic Toll Collection)システムのような場合では、走行する車を停車させないような一定時間内にカード情報を送信し料金の支払い処理を済ませる必要がある。このような場合では、装着機器1は、既存のETCカードおよびETCカードが挿入された車載器の代わりになるものである。つまり、装着機器1によるカード情報等の送受信は、少なくとも既存の車載器およびETCカードにより送受信されている一定の時間内で処理される必要がある。
 ところが、ユーザーUの個人認証処理では、その認証処理に相当の時間を要する。例えば、特許文献1で用いられた静脈パターンの識別による方法では、静脈画像の撮像とパターン解析処理が行われていた。このような処理には、撮像処理とパターン解析処理の時間を必要とする。仮に高速で処理ができる技術があったとしても、個人認証処理中にユーザーUによる装着機器の装着位置の再調整などが必要となってしまうと、その処理に費やされる時間は予測できず不定である。
In the mounted device 1, the card information of the user U is stored in the storage unit 70 (described later). The mounted device 1 needs to determine whether or not the card information can be transmitted to the fee system 5. That is, it is necessary to transmit the card information of the user U after obtaining confirmation that the person wearing the mounting device 1 is the user U (user U who uses the service). For this purpose, a personal authentication process for the user U is performed.
In addition, when the card information is requested from the fee system 5, the mounted device 1 needs to promptly transmit the card information.
For example, in the case of an ETC (registered trademark) (Electronic Toll Collection) system installed at the exit where the toll system 5 pays the toll for automobiles, the card information within a certain time so as not to stop the traveling car. To complete the payment process. In such a case, the mounting device 1 is a substitute for the vehicle-mounted device in which the existing ETC card and the ETC card are inserted. That is, transmission / reception of card information and the like by the mounted device 1 needs to be processed within a certain time that is transmitted / received by at least the existing vehicle-mounted device and the ETC card.
However, in the personal authentication process for the user U, the authentication process takes a considerable amount of time. For example, in the method based on vein pattern identification used in Patent Document 1, vein image capturing and pattern analysis processing are performed. Such processing requires time for imaging processing and pattern analysis processing. Even if there is technology that can be processed at high speed, if the user U needs to readjust the mounting position of the mounted device during the personal authentication process, the time spent for the process cannot be predicted and is undefined. is there.
 装着機器1では、ユーザーUの個人認証処理にかかる時間やユーザーUによる個人認証処理中に行われる操作などの時間に依存することなく、一定時間で装着機器1を装着している人がユーザーUであるという確証を得て(ユーザーUが個人認証されているという結果を得て)、ユーザーUのカード情報等を送信することができる。
 引き続き、その実現方法の概要について説明する。
In the wearing device 1, a person wearing the wearing device 1 in a certain period of time can depend on the user U without depending on the time required for the personal authentication process of the user U and the time for the operation performed during the personal authentication process by the user U The user U's card information and the like can be transmitted with the confirmation that the user U is obtained (with the result that the user U is personally authenticated).
Next, an outline of the realization method will be described.
 図2は、認証シーケンスの概要を説明する図である。
 図2に示すシーケンス図は、ユーザーUによる操作(U)、装着機器1の制御部50の処理、および料金システム5の処理における相互に連携する部分について、時間の流れに沿って(上から下へ)表している。また、詳細は後述するが、制御部50は、機能部として認証処理部57および判定処理部59を有している。
FIG. 2 is a diagram for explaining the outline of the authentication sequence.
The sequence diagram shown in FIG. 2 shows a part of the operation (U) performed by the user U, the process of the control unit 50 of the mounted device 1 and the process of the charge system 5 along the time flow (from top to bottom). To) Moreover, although mentioned later for details, the control part 50 has the authentication process part 57 and the determination process part 59 as a function part.
 ユーザーUが装着機器1を装着する(操作P1)と、装着機器1では、ユーザーUの個人認証処理が行われる(認証処理部57)。個人認証処理では、予め装着機器1に登録されたユーザーUの静脈パターンと、撮像センサー21を制御して撮像した静脈の撮像画像から解析した静脈パターンとを照合する。 When the user U wears the wearing device 1 (operation P1), the wearing device 1 performs personal authentication processing of the user U (authentication processing unit 57). In the personal authentication process, the vein pattern of the user U registered in advance in the wearing device 1 is collated with the vein pattern analyzed from the vein image captured by controlling the imaging sensor 21.
 ここで、個人認証処理に要する時間を時間T1としている。また、個人認証処理が終了した(操作P2)後で、ユーザーUにより装着機器1を外して非装着にする(操作P3)までの時間帯を時間T2としている。 Here, the time required for the personal authentication process is time T1. Further, after the personal authentication process is completed (operation P2), a time period from the user U removing the mounted device 1 to unmounting (operation P3) is defined as time T2.
 この時間T2の間に、料金システム5の支払い処理5Aが発生すると、料金システム5から装着機器1に対して、支払処理をするカード情報を要求するコマンドRQ1が送信される。装着機器1では、判定処理部59および制御部50がコマンドRQ1に対応する処理を行い、ユーザーUのカード情報を含むコマンドRP1を送信(回答)する。このとき、制御部50では、認証処理部57による個人認証処理を実行することなく、個人認証処理の結果が有効であることを判定することで、装着機器1を装着している人がユーザーUである確証を得て、ユーザーUのカード情報を料金システム5側に送信している。制御部50によりコマンドRQ1を受信してからコマンドRP1を回答するまでの処理時間を時間T3とする。 When the payment process 5A of the charge system 5 occurs during this time T2, the charge system 5 sends a command RQ1 for requesting card information for the payment process to the mounted device 1. In the mounted device 1, the determination processing unit 59 and the control unit 50 perform processing corresponding to the command RQ1, and transmit (answer) the command RP1 including the card information of the user U. At this time, the control unit 50 determines that the result of the personal authentication processing is valid without executing the personal authentication processing by the authentication processing unit 57, so that the person wearing the mounting device 1 can change the user U. The user U's card information is transmitted to the charge system 5 side. A processing time from when the control unit 50 receives the command RQ1 to when the command RP1 is returned is a time T3.
 さらに、時間T2の間に、料金システム5の別の支払い処理5Bが発生すると、カード情報を要求するコマンドRQ2が装着機器1に対して送信される。装着機器1の制御部50では、上述した同様な処理により判定処理部59によりユーザーUのカード情報を含むコマンドRP2を送信(回答)する。制御部50によりコマンドRQ2を受信してからコマンドRP2を回答するまでの処理時間を時間T4とする。尚、支払い処理5Bは、料金システム5の処理としているが、料金システム5とは異なる別のシステムの処理であってもよい。 Furthermore, when another payment process 5B of the fee system 5 occurs during time T2, a command RQ2 requesting card information is transmitted to the mounting device 1. In the control unit 50 of the mounted device 1, the determination processing unit 59 transmits (answers) the command RP2 including the card information of the user U by the same processing as described above. A processing time from the reception of the command RQ2 by the control unit 50 until the reply of the command RP2 is defined as time T4. The payment process 5B is a process of the fee system 5, but may be a process of a system different from the fee system 5.
 ここで、各処理に要する時間に焦点を当てて説明する。時間T1は、個人認証処理に要する時間であり、上述したような例では撮像処理およびパターン解析処理が実行される処理時間が含まれる。また、静脈パターンが照合されなかった場合には、その要因が撮像位置(静脈の位置)のズレによる影響も考えられるため、ユーザーUに装着機器1の装着位置を調整させるなどの対応が必要になる。従って、時間T1は、少なくとも個人認証処理の解析に要する所定時間に加えて不確定な時間を必要とする。尚、従来による技術では、料金システム5からカード情報などの要求があった際には、都度その回答のために時間T1を要することになる。
 それに対して、時間T2の時間帯に処理される判定処理部59では、個人認証処理の結果が有効であるか無効であるかが記憶されているフラグの内容を読み込み、フラグのデータを判定するといった単純なステップにより判定することができ、また、処理ステップも不定ではなく確定している(詳細は後述する)。つまり、時間T3および時間T4は、それぞれ時間T1よりも短時間で、かつ確定された一定時間である。料金システム5側では、送信したコマンドRQ1,RQ2に対する回答を一定時間待てば、コマンドRP1,RP2を取得することができる。
 以降、このような効果を得ることができる装着機器1の構成について以下に詳細に説明する。
Here, the description will focus on the time required for each process. The time T1 is a time required for the personal authentication process, and includes the processing time for executing the imaging process and the pattern analysis process in the example described above. Further, when the vein pattern is not collated, the cause may be the influence of the deviation of the imaging position (vein position), so that it is necessary for the user U to adjust the mounting position of the mounting device 1 or the like. Become. Therefore, the time T1 requires an uncertain time in addition to at least the predetermined time required for the analysis of the personal authentication process. In the prior art, when a request for card information or the like is made from the fee system 5, a time T1 is required for replying each time.
On the other hand, the determination processing unit 59 that is processed during the time period T2 reads the content of the flag that stores whether the result of the personal authentication processing is valid or invalid, and determines the flag data. The processing steps are not indefinite and are fixed (details will be described later). That is, the time T3 and the time T4 are shorter than the time T1 and fixed time. On the charge system 5 side, the commands RP1 and RP2 can be acquired by waiting for an answer to the transmitted commands RQ1 and RQ2 for a predetermined time.
Hereinafter, the configuration of the mounting device 1 capable of obtaining such an effect will be described in detail below.
 (装着機器の構成)
 図3は、装着機器の概略構成を示すブロック図である。
 装着機器1は、装着部10、生体情報検出部20、報知部30、操作部37、計時部39、通信部41、制御部50、および記憶部70を備えて構成される。また、装着機器1は、通信7を介して料金システム5と接続されている。
(Configuration of equipment)
FIG. 3 is a block diagram illustrating a schematic configuration of the mounted device.
The mounting device 1 includes a mounting unit 10, a biological information detection unit 20, a notification unit 30, an operation unit 37, a timing unit 39, a communication unit 41, a control unit 50, and a storage unit 70. The mounted device 1 is connected to the fee system 5 via the communication 7.
 装着部10は、バンド11および開閉部12などを備えて構成される。
 バンド11および開閉部12は、上述したように装着機器1をユーザーの手首の周囲に環状形状を成し巻き付けて固定する部材である。
 開閉部12は、スイッチセンサーを備えたバックルである。バックルは、片開き式、両穴式、二重ロック式、ピンバック式などいずれの方式であってもよい。スイッチセンサーは、バックルの開閉操作部に備えられている。バンド11が手首に固定された状態では、スイッチがONにされ、開閉部12からON信号が出力される。バンド11が手首から取り外されると、開閉部12からOFF信号が出力される。開閉部12から出力されるON/OFF信号は、制御部50へ出力される。
 また、スイッチセンサーは、バンド11が手首に巻き付けられた状態で、バンド11の手首側の任意の位置に配設されていてもよい。この構成では、手首に装着された状態で、手首の押圧によりスイッチがONにされ、手首から取り外されるとスイッチがOFFにされる。また、スイッチセンサーに替えて押し圧力値を検出する押圧センサーであってもよい。押圧センサーの場合は、ON/OFF信号に限らず、圧力データを出力することができる。
The mounting part 10 includes a band 11 and an opening / closing part 12.
As described above, the band 11 and the opening / closing part 12 are members that fix the mounting device 1 by winding it around the user's wrist in an annular shape.
The opening / closing part 12 is a buckle provided with a switch sensor. The buckle may be of any type such as a single opening type, a double hole type, a double lock type, or a pin back type. The switch sensor is provided in the opening / closing operation part of the buckle. In a state where the band 11 is fixed to the wrist, the switch is turned on and an ON signal is output from the opening / closing unit 12. When the band 11 is removed from the wrist, an OFF signal is output from the opening / closing unit 12. The ON / OFF signal output from the opening / closing unit 12 is output to the control unit 50.
The switch sensor may be disposed at an arbitrary position on the wrist side of the band 11 in a state where the band 11 is wound around the wrist. In this configuration, the switch is turned on by pressing the wrist while being attached to the wrist, and the switch is turned off when the switch is removed from the wrist. Moreover, it may replace with a switch sensor and may be a press sensor which detects pushing pressure value. In the case of a pressure sensor, pressure data can be output without being limited to an ON / OFF signal.
 生体情報検出部20は、撮像センサー21および生体センサー23などを備えて構成される。
 撮像センサー21は、光源およびCCD(Charge Coupled Device)センサーであり、光源およびCCDは、装着機器1がユーザーの手首に装着された状態で、ユーザーの手首側に配設されている。光源の照射光は、例えば、近赤外線を発光するLED(Light Emitting Diode)光源からユーザーに照射される。CCDは、人体の体内に網羅する血管で反射した反射光の受光量を光電変換して撮像信号(画像信号)を生成する。生成した画像から、静脈血中の還元ヘモグロビンが近赤外線を吸収しやすい特性を利用して、静脈の画像信号を抽出する。抽出した静脈の画像信号を制御部50へ出力する。尚、撮像センサー21では、CMOSセンサーを使用してもかまわない。
The biological information detection unit 20 includes an imaging sensor 21, a biological sensor 23, and the like.
The imaging sensor 21 is a light source and a CCD (Charge Coupled Device) sensor, and the light source and the CCD are disposed on the wrist side of the user in a state where the mounting device 1 is mounted on the wrist of the user. The irradiation light of the light source is irradiated to the user from, for example, an LED (Light Emitting Diode) light source that emits near infrared rays. The CCD generates an imaging signal (image signal) by photoelectrically converting the amount of received light reflected by a blood vessel covering the human body. A vein image signal is extracted from the generated image using the characteristic that reduced hemoglobin in venous blood easily absorbs near infrared rays. The extracted vein image signal is output to the control unit 50. The imaging sensor 21 may use a CMOS sensor.
 生体センサー23は、脈波センサー、温度センサーなどのセンサーであり、共にユーザーの手首側に配設され、ユーザーの脈波波形、皮膚温度などの生体反応を検出し、生体反応情報を出力する。
 脈波センサーは、LEDなどの発光素子およびフォトダイオードなどの受光素子を有し、発光素子により照射された光がユーザーの手首の血管で反射され、反射された光を集光し受光素子で受光する。この際、脈波センサーは、血管の拡張時と収縮時とで光の反射率が異なる現象を利用して、受光量の変動情報からユーザーの脈波波形を検出する。検出した脈波波形のデータは制御部50へ出力される。
 温度センサーは、手首の皮膚温度や皮下深部などの温度を接触または非接触に検出する公知のセンサーである。検出した温度信号は制御部50へ出力される。
The biological sensor 23 is a sensor such as a pulse wave sensor or a temperature sensor, and is disposed on the wrist side of the user, detects a biological reaction such as the user's pulse wave waveform and skin temperature, and outputs biological reaction information.
The pulse wave sensor has a light emitting element such as an LED and a light receiving element such as a photodiode. The light emitted from the light emitting element is reflected by the blood vessel of the user's wrist, and the reflected light is collected and received by the light receiving element. To do. At this time, the pulse wave sensor detects the pulse wave waveform of the user from the variation information of the amount of received light by using a phenomenon in which the reflectance of light is different between when the blood vessel is dilated and when it is contracted. The detected pulse wave waveform data is output to the control unit 50.
The temperature sensor is a known sensor that detects the temperature of the skin temperature of the wrist, the subcutaneous depth, or the like in contact or non-contact. The detected temperature signal is output to the control unit 50.
 報知部30は、表示部31、音出力部33、および振動部35などを備えて構成される。
 表示部31は、文字やアイコンの表示が可能な表示装置であり、例えば、上述したように柔軟に変形可能なフレキシブルタイプのドットマトリックス型EPD(Electrophoretic Display)などである。制御部50から入力した表示信号に基づいて各種情報を表示する。
 音出力部33は、圧電ブザー、圧電振動子、圧電スピーカーなどを有して構成され、制御部50から入力される出力信号に基づく各種報知を行う音出力装置である。
 振動部35は、圧電振動子、または超小型振動モーターなどであり、制御部50から入力される信号に基づいて駆動され、装着機器1を振動させる。
The notification unit 30 includes a display unit 31, a sound output unit 33, a vibration unit 35, and the like.
The display unit 31 is a display device capable of displaying characters and icons, and is, for example, a flexible dot matrix type EPD (Electrophoretic Display) that can be flexibly deformed as described above. Various information is displayed based on the display signal input from the control unit 50.
The sound output unit 33 includes a piezoelectric buzzer, a piezoelectric vibrator, a piezoelectric speaker, and the like, and is a sound output device that performs various notifications based on an output signal input from the control unit 50.
The vibration unit 35 is a piezoelectric vibrator or a micro vibration motor, and is driven based on a signal input from the control unit 50 to vibrate the mounting device 1.
 操作部37は、表示部31の表示面を覆うタッチセンサーやタッチパネル等を有して構成される入力装置であり、静電容量方式または抵抗膜方式などの方式でタッチされた部位を検出し、検出信号を制御部50へ出力する。尚、操作部37の構成はこれに限定されるものではなく、複数の操作入力が可能な構成であれば良く、加速度センサーなどを備え、加速度信号を取得して、加速度信号の発生パターン毎にユーザーによる操作を分析し、操作信号として制御部50に出力する構成であってもよい。この構成によれば、例えば、ユーザーにより装着機器1の一部が3回タップされた場合に、その加速度信号を検出し、支払い処理5Aなどを受け付けてよいモードと受け付けないモードとを切り替えるといった操作を実現することができる。 The operation unit 37 is an input device configured to include a touch sensor, a touch panel, or the like that covers the display surface of the display unit 31, and detects a touched part by a method such as a capacitance method or a resistance film method. A detection signal is output to the control unit 50. Note that the configuration of the operation unit 37 is not limited to this, and any configuration that allows a plurality of operation inputs may be used. The operation unit 37 includes an acceleration sensor, acquires an acceleration signal, and generates each acceleration signal generation pattern. A configuration in which an operation by a user is analyzed and output to the control unit 50 as an operation signal may be employed. According to this configuration, for example, when a part of the mounted device 1 is tapped three times by the user, an operation of detecting the acceleration signal and switching between a mode in which the payment processing 5A and the like may be accepted and a mode in which the payment processing 5A is not accepted is performed. Can be realized.
 計時部39は、リアルタイムクロックであり、タイマー機能、カレンダー機能、時計機能などの計時機能を有している。計時部39が計時している日時、時間などの計時データは、制御部50により読み出される。 The timekeeping unit 39 is a real-time clock and has timekeeping functions such as a timer function, a calendar function, and a clock function. Time data such as the date and time that the time measuring unit 39 is measuring is read by the control unit 50.
 通信部41は、好適例として消費電力を抑えた近距離無線アダプターであり、料金システム5などの端末、レジスター端末、ATM(Automated Teller Machine)、および各種料金支払機、PC(Personal Computer)、スマートフォン(多機能携帯電話)などの多様な機器と各種データを通信可能に接続する。近距離無線アダプターは、支払い処理などを要求するシステムにおいて採用する方式と共通の方式を搭載していればよく、例えば、ブルートゥース(Bluetooth(登録商標))アダプター、支払い処理をするシステムがETCなどであれば、5.8GHz帯アクティブ方式DSRC(Dedicated Short-Range Communication)であってもよい。通信部41は、料金システム5などの外部の機器から各種データを受信すると、受信したデータを制御部50へ出力する。例えば、料金システム5からカード情報を要求するコマンドRQなどを受信した場合に、それらのコマンドRQを制御部50へ出力し、制御部50から送信するコマンドRPなどが入力されたら料金システム5へ送信する。
 また、通信部41は、公衆無線LANアダプターとして、IP(Internet Protocol)を備え、コンピューター通信網としてのネットワークを介してインターネットやイントラネットの多様なサーバーや他のIoT(Internet of Things)機器と通信可能に接続されてもよい。
 尚、通信部41は、通信する外部の機器との間で、共通のプロトコルを用いて通信をするとしているが、それらのプロトコルでは、公知の暗号化方式が適用され、送受信されるデータのセキュリティーは確保されている。
The communication unit 41 is a short-range wireless adapter with reduced power consumption as a preferred example, such as a terminal such as a fee system 5, a register terminal, an ATM (Automated Teller Machine), various fee payment machines, a PC (Personal Computer), a smartphone. Various data such as (multi-function mobile phone) are connected so that various data can be communicated. The short-range wireless adapter only needs to be equipped with a method that is common to the method used in a system that requires payment processing. For example, a Bluetooth (Bluetooth) adapter, a system that performs payment processing is ETC, etc. If there is, a 5.8 GHz band active DSRC (Dedicated Short-Range Communication) may be used. When the communication unit 41 receives various data from an external device such as the fee system 5, the communication unit 41 outputs the received data to the control unit 50. For example, when a command RQ requesting card information is received from the fee system 5, the command RQ is output to the control unit 50, and transmitted to the fee system 5 when a command RP or the like transmitted from the control unit 50 is input. To do.
The communication unit 41 is equipped with IP (Internet Protocol) as a public wireless LAN adapter, and can communicate with various servers of the Internet and intranets and other IoT (Internet of Things) devices via a network as a computer communication network. May be connected.
The communication unit 41 communicates with an external device that communicates using a common protocol. In these protocols, a known encryption method is applied, and the security of data transmitted and received Is secured.
 (制御部)
 制御部50は、CPUやDSP(Digital Signal Processor)等のプロセッサーを有して構成され、装着機器1の各部を統括的に制御する制御装置および演算装置である。制御部50は、記憶部70に記憶された制御プログラム(図示は省略)を含む各種プログラムに従って装着機器1の各種機能を実現する。
 制御部50は、主要な機能部として検出処理部52、要求検出処理部56、認証処理部57、判定処理部59、受付処理部61、および告知処理部63を有し、これらの機能部をイベント処理部67により統括的に制御して装着機器1の機能を実現する。また、制御部50では、上述の機能部が実現される以前に初期登録部65の機能を実行する。
(Control part)
The control unit 50 includes a processor such as a CPU or a DSP (Digital Signal Processor), and is a control device and an arithmetic device that collectively control each unit of the mounted device 1. The control unit 50 realizes various functions of the mounted device 1 according to various programs including a control program (not shown) stored in the storage unit 70.
The control unit 50 includes a detection processing unit 52, a request detection processing unit 56, an authentication processing unit 57, a determination processing unit 59, a reception processing unit 61, and a notification processing unit 63 as main functional units. The functions of the mounted device 1 are realized by comprehensive control by the event processing unit 67. Further, the control unit 50 executes the function of the initial registration unit 65 before the above-described function unit is realized.
 初期登録部65は、装着機器1を利用するユーザーの初期登録を行う。詳しくは、初期登録部65は、操作部37および表示部31を制御してユーザーの個人情報やカード情報などの情報を取得する。取得した情報を記憶部70に個人情報テーブル72(図4)として格納する。格納時には、制御部50においてユーザーを識別するためのUID(User Identification)を生成し、ユーザーの情報として管理する。 The initial registration unit 65 performs initial registration of a user who uses the mounted device 1. Specifically, the initial registration unit 65 controls the operation unit 37 and the display unit 31 to acquire information such as user personal information and card information. The acquired information is stored in the storage unit 70 as a personal information table 72 (FIG. 4). At the time of storage, the control unit 50 generates a UID (User Identification) for identifying the user and manages it as user information.
 ここで、図4を参照して個人情報テーブル72について説明する。図4は、個人情報テーブルの一例を示す図である。個人情報テーブル72には、列72A、列72B、列72C、列72D、および行72G、行72H、行72J、行72Kが示されている。列72Aには、UIDが格納されている。列72Bには、サービスの種類が、列72Cには、カード番号が、列72Dには付帯情報が格納されている。行72Gは、UIDが「0001」のユーザーのクレジットカードサービスが「Aカード」であり、そのカード番号は「01234567890123456789」で、付帯情報が「012」であることを示している。行72Hは、行72Gと同じユーザー「0001」のユーザーの個人情報の種類が「マイナンバー」であり、その番号は「000011112222」であることを示している。行72Jおよび行72Kには、UIDが「0002」のユーザーの情報がUIDが「0001」と同様な形式で格納されている。 Here, the personal information table 72 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 4 is a diagram illustrating an example of the personal information table. In the personal information table 72, a column 72A, a column 72B, a column 72C, a column 72D, a row 72G, a row 72H, a row 72J, and a row 72K are shown. The column 72A stores the UID. The column 72B stores service types, the column 72C stores card numbers, and the column 72D stores incidental information. The row 72G indicates that the credit card service of the user whose UID is “0001” is “A card”, the card number is “01234567890123456789”, and the incidental information is “012”. The row 72H indicates that the personal information type of the user “0001”, which is the same as the row 72G, is “My Number” and the number is “000011112222”. In the row 72J and the row 72K, information of the user having the UID “0002” is stored in the same format as the UID “0001”.
 個人情報は、例えば、マイナンバー、氏名、年齢、住所などの情報であり、料金システム5や他のシステムから要求された場合に送信することができる。カード情報は、例えば、クレジットカード番号、デビットカード番号、キャッシュカード番号などであり、必要に応じてセキュリティーコードやパスワードなどが付帯情報として格納される。 Personal information is, for example, information such as my number, name, age, and address, and can be transmitted when requested by the fee system 5 or another system. The card information is, for example, a credit card number, a debit card number, a cash card number, or the like, and a security code, a password, or the like is stored as incidental information as necessary.
 初期登録部65では、操作部37および表示部31を制御して、ユーザーに装着機器1を装着するよう促し、ユーザーが装着機器1を装着後、ユーザー個体を特定する生体情報を検出する。生体情報は、好適例として、個体の識別精度が高い静脈の画像信号である。初期登録部65は、生体情報検出部20を制御して、静脈の画像信号を取得する。取得した静脈の画像信号から、画像の二値化処理、細線化処理、特徴点抽出等の公知の処理を適用して静脈パターンの特徴点データを算出する。特徴点データは、例えば、静脈パターンの分岐点の間隔や数、分岐点間の長さと形状、分岐点における夾角の角度、などの複数の特徴点データで構成されている。初期登録部65では、ユーザーの特徴点データを算出すると、ユーザーのUIDと紐付けて記憶部70に登録認証データ81(図5)として格納する。 The initial registration unit 65 controls the operation unit 37 and the display unit 31 to prompt the user to wear the wearing device 1, and after the user wears the wearing device 1, biometric information that identifies the individual user is detected. As a suitable example, the biological information is a vein image signal with high individual identification accuracy. The initial registration unit 65 controls the biological information detection unit 20 to acquire a vein image signal. The feature point data of the vein pattern is calculated from the acquired vein image signal by applying known processing such as image binarization processing, thinning processing, feature point extraction, and the like. The feature point data includes, for example, a plurality of feature point data such as the interval and number of branch points of the vein pattern, the length and shape between the branch points, and the depression angle at the branch point. When the initial registration unit 65 calculates the feature point data of the user, it is associated with the user's UID and stored in the storage unit 70 as registration authentication data 81 (FIG. 5).
 ここで、図5を参照して、登録認証データ81について説明する。図5は、登録認証データの一例を示す図である。登録認証データ81には、列81Aと列81Bが示されている。列81Aには、UIDが格納されている。列81Bには、静脈パターンの特徴点データが格納されている。登録認証データ81の一行目にはUIDが「0001」の特徴点データが「特徴点データA」として格納されている。特徴点データAは、特徴点を表す数値データ群である。また、数値データ群が複数個あってもよい。二行目にはUIDが「0002」の特徴点データが「特徴点データB」として格納されている。 Here, the registration authentication data 81 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 5 is a diagram illustrating an example of registration authentication data. In the registration authentication data 81, a column 81A and a column 81B are shown. The column 81A stores the UID. Column 81B stores vein pattern feature point data. In the first line of the registration authentication data 81, feature point data with a UID “0001” is stored as “feature point data A”. The feature point data A is a numerical data group representing feature points. There may be a plurality of numerical data groups. In the second row, feature point data having a UID “0002” is stored as “feature point data B”.
 尚、初期登録部65による初期登録の操作は、操作部37および表示部31を制御して行うとしたが、通信部41を介して、他のPCやスマートフォンと双方向に通信し、PCやスマートフォン側でユーザーの個人情報やカード情報などの情報を入力させてもよい。装着機器1では、それらの情報を受信して、記憶部70に格納する構成であってもよい。 Although the initial registration operation by the initial registration unit 65 is performed by controlling the operation unit 37 and the display unit 31, it communicates bidirectionally with other PCs and smartphones via the communication unit 41, Information such as user personal information and card information may be input on the smartphone side. The mounting device 1 may be configured to receive such information and store it in the storage unit 70.
 イベント処理部67は、制御部50において各機能部をイベント駆動方式で制御するための仕組みを設定し、イベント処理ループを起動する。各種イベントには、装着機器1の装着を検出したイベント(装着イベントIV1)、装着機器1の装着解除を検出したイベント(非装着イベントIV3)、料金システム5から支払要求を受信したイベント(支払要求イベントIV5)などがある。イベント処理ループでは、これらのイベントが発生すると、イベントの種類毎に設定されたイベントハンドラー(図示は省略)へ処理を移す。イベントハンドラーは、イベント毎に対応する処理が記述された関数であり、必要に応じて各機能部を実行し、イベントに対応する処理を実現する。尚、本処理のフローについては、図7~図11に示すフローチャートを用いて後述する。 The event processing unit 67 sets a mechanism for controlling each functional unit in the event driving method in the control unit 50, and starts an event processing loop. The various events include an event that detects the mounting of the mounting device 1 (mounting event IV1), an event that detects that the mounting device 1 is unmounted (non-mounting event IV3), and an event that receives a payment request from the fee system 5 (payment request). Event IV5). In the event processing loop, when these events occur, the process moves to an event handler (not shown) set for each event type. The event handler is a function in which processing corresponding to each event is described, and executes each functional unit as necessary to realize processing corresponding to the event. The flow of this process will be described later with reference to the flowcharts shown in FIGS.
 検出処理部52は、装着検出部53、および非装着検出部55を有して構成される。
 装着検出部53は、装着機器1がユーザーの手首に装着されたことを検出し、装着検出イベントの発生をイベント処理部67へ通知(出力)する。詳しくは、装着検出部53は、装着部10から出力されるON/OFF信号を監視する。信号が、OFFからONに変化すると、装着イベントIV1を出力する。
 装着イベントIV1が、イベント処理部67へ通知されると、その通知によりイベントハンドラーに処理が移される。このイベントハンドラーでは、認証処理部57の機能を実現し、装着機器1を装着したユーザーが、予め初期登録部65により登録されているユーザーであるか否かを判定する。尚、判定方法については、後述する認証処理部57で詳細を説明する。登録されているユーザーであると判定した場合には、ユーザーのUIDを、結果データ85(図6)へ格納する。
The detection processing unit 52 includes an attachment detection unit 53 and a non-attachment detection unit 55.
The wearing detection unit 53 detects that the wearing device 1 is worn on the user's wrist, and notifies (outputs) the occurrence of the wearing detection event to the event processing unit 67. Specifically, the mounting detection unit 53 monitors an ON / OFF signal output from the mounting unit 10. When the signal changes from OFF to ON, the mounting event IV1 is output.
When the mounting event IV1 is notified to the event processing unit 67, the processing is moved to the event handler by the notification. In this event handler, the function of the authentication processing unit 57 is realized, and it is determined whether or not the user wearing the wearing device 1 is a user registered in advance by the initial registration unit 65. Details of the determination method will be described later in the authentication processing unit 57. If it is determined that the user is a registered user, the user's UID is stored in the result data 85 (FIG. 6).
 ここで、図6を参照して、結果データ85について説明する。図6は、結果データの一例を示す図である。結果データ85には、列85A、列85B、列85C、列85Dが示されている。列85Aには「UID」に個人認証されているユーザーを示す「0001」が、列85Bには「照合結果」に照合結果が一致したことを示す「1」が、列85Cには「照合時刻」に照合した時刻データが、列85Dには「有効フラグ」に照合結果の内容が有効であることを示す「1」が、それぞれ格納されている。
 また、登録されているユーザーではなかったと判定された場合には、結果データ85の列85Aに格納されていたUIDは削除され「NULL」データ(例えば、「-1」)となり、他の列85B,85C,85Dの内容も「NULL」に初期化される。
 このようにして、装着イベントIV1のイベントハンドラーによって、装着機器1を装着しているユーザーが個人認証されると、結果データ85には、UIDと照合結果「1」と有効フラグ「1」とが格納され、ユーザーが個人認証されなかった場合には、結果データ85は初期化される。
Here, the result data 85 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 6 is a diagram illustrating an example of the result data. In the result data 85, a column 85A, a column 85B, a column 85C, and a column 85D are shown. In column 85A, “0001” indicating a user who has been personally authenticated in “UID” is displayed, in column 85B “1” indicating that the verification result is matched with “matching result”, and in column 85C “matching time” Is stored in the column 85D, and “valid flag” is stored with “1” indicating that the content of the verification result is valid.
If it is determined that the user is not registered, the UID stored in the column 85A of the result data 85 is deleted and becomes “NULL” data (for example, “−1”), and the other column 85B , 85C, 85D are also initialized to “NULL”.
In this manner, when the user who wears the wearing device 1 is personally authenticated by the event handler of the wearing event IV1, the result data 85 includes the UID, the matching result “1”, and the valid flag “1”. If stored and the user is not personally authenticated, the result data 85 is initialized.
 非装着検出部55は、装着機器1がユーザーの手首から取り外されたことを検出し、非装着イベントIV3の発生をイベント処理部67へ通知(出力)する。詳しくは、非装着検出部55は、装着部10から出力されるON/OFF信号を監視する。信号が、ONからOFFに変化すると、非装着イベントIV3を出力する。
 非装着イベントIV3がイベント処理部67へ通知されると、その通知によりイベントハンドラーに処理が移される。このイベントハンドラーでは、結果データ85の列85D(図6)の有効フラグを「0」に更新する。有効フラグが「0」は、装着機器1を装着しているユーザーが個人認証されていない(無効になった)ことを示している。
 尚、検出処理部52および生体情報検出部20は、装着状態を検出する検出部に相当する。
The non-wearing detection unit 55 detects that the wearing device 1 has been removed from the user's wrist, and notifies (outputs) the occurrence of the non-wearing event IV3 to the event processing unit 67. Specifically, the non-mounting detection unit 55 monitors an ON / OFF signal output from the mounting unit 10. When the signal changes from ON to OFF, a non-wearing event IV3 is output.
When the non-wearing event IV3 is notified to the event processing unit 67, the processing is moved to the event handler by the notification. In this event handler, the valid flag in the column 85D (FIG. 6) of the result data 85 is updated to “0”. The validity flag “0” indicates that the user wearing the wearing device 1 has not been personally authenticated (invalidated).
The detection processing unit 52 and the biological information detection unit 20 correspond to a detection unit that detects the wearing state.
 要求検出処理部56は、通信部41の受信データを監視し、受信データがカード情報を要求する情報であった場合に、支払要求イベントIV5をイベント処理部67へ通知(出力)する。要求検出処理部56では、装着機器1およびユーザーにおいて支払い処理を受付可能な、支払い処理システム(料金システム5など)やカード会社およびサービスなどの情報を管理している。これらの情報は、記憶部70に予め要求受付元リスト(図示は省略)として格納されている。尚、要求受付元リストの内容は、情報元からネットワークを介して配信された情報に基づいて更新されている。
 要求検出処理部56では、通信部41から受信した受信データが、要求受付元リストに含まれるデータであるか否かを判別し、存在していた場合には、受信データの内容と共に支払要求イベントIV5をイベント処理部67へ出力する。
The request detection processing unit 56 monitors the reception data of the communication unit 41, and notifies (outputs) the payment request event IV5 to the event processing unit 67 when the received data is information requesting card information. The request detection processing unit 56 manages information such as a payment processing system (such as the fee system 5), a card company, and a service that can accept payment processing by the mounted device 1 and the user. These pieces of information are stored in advance in the storage unit 70 as a request acceptance source list (not shown). Note that the content of the request reception source list is updated based on information distributed from the information source via the network.
In the request detection processing unit 56, it is determined whether or not the received data received from the communication unit 41 is data included in the request receiving source list. IV5 is output to the event processing unit 67.
 支払要求イベントIV5がイベント処理部67へ通知されると、その通知により処理がイベントハンドラーに移される。このイベントハンドラーでは、判定処理部59を実行し、装着機器1を装着しているユーザーの個人認証が有効であるか、無効であるかを判定する。ユーザーの個人認証が有効である場合は、受信データに応じた回答を生成し、通信部41を介して料金システム5へ送信する。受信データに応じた回答は、例えば、受信データがカード情報を要求する情報であれば、カード情報を含む情報になる。尚、受信データの内容や送受信手順は、カード会社やサービスなどの取り決めに依存するため、それぞれの会社やサービスに対応する内容および送受信手順が適用される。 When the payment request event IV5 is notified to the event processing unit 67, the processing is moved to the event handler by the notification. In this event handler, the determination processing unit 59 is executed to determine whether the personal authentication of the user wearing the wearing device 1 is valid or invalid. If the user personal authentication is valid, an answer corresponding to the received data is generated and transmitted to the fee system 5 via the communication unit 41. The answer corresponding to the received data is, for example, information including card information if the received data is information requesting card information. In addition, since the content of the received data and the transmission / reception procedure depend on the agreement of the card company and the service, the content and the transmission / reception procedure corresponding to each company and service are applied.
 認証処理部57は、ユーザーにより装着機器1が装着された場合に、個人認証処理を行う。認証処理部57は、装着イベントIV1の通知により実行されるイベントハンドラーから呼び出されて実現される機能部である。認証処理部57は、生体情報検出部20(撮像センサー21)を制御して、生体情報としての静脈の画像信号を取得する。取得した静脈の画像信号から、静脈パターンの特徴点データを算出する。この処理は、初期登録部65により行われる処理と同様の処理が用いられる。つまり、同じ静脈の構成を持つ画像信号を初期登録部65および認証処理部57に適用することによって、それぞれから同じ特徴点データが算出されることになる。認証処理部57は、算出した特徴点データを、記憶部70に取得認証データ83として格納する。 The authentication processing unit 57 performs personal authentication processing when the mounting device 1 is mounted by the user. The authentication processing unit 57 is a functional unit that is implemented by being called from an event handler that is executed by notification of the mounting event IV1. The authentication processing unit 57 controls the biological information detection unit 20 (imaging sensor 21) to acquire a vein image signal as biological information. The feature point data of the vein pattern is calculated from the acquired vein image signal. For this processing, the same processing as that performed by the initial registration unit 65 is used. That is, by applying image signals having the same vein configuration to the initial registration unit 65 and the authentication processing unit 57, the same feature point data is calculated from each. The authentication processing unit 57 stores the calculated feature point data as acquired authentication data 83 in the storage unit 70.
 認証処理部57では、初期登録部65によって登録されている登録認証データ81の特徴点データと取得認証データ83の特徴点データとを照合する。照合は、例えば、両者の特徴点データ群の相関関係による判定が用いられ、相関係数を算出する。相関係数が所定値以上である場合は、強い相関があるとして、照合結果が一致したとして判定する。
 尚、認証処理部57では、照合した結果に算出された相関係数が、所定値に満たない場合では、操作部37および表示部31を制御して、装着機器1の装着部10などの装着位置の調整、撮像センサー21により撮像される位置などの微調整、などをするようにユーザーに促し、上述の照合処理を繰り返す。所定回数以上、照合処理を繰り返した結果、相関係数が所定値に満たない場合では、照合結果を不一致として判定する。認証処理部57では、このような処理は、ユーザーの操作に依存するため、照合結果が一致したという結果が出るまでの間(個人認証されるまでの間)の時間は、一定ではなく不定である。
The authentication processing unit 57 collates the feature point data of the registration authentication data 81 registered by the initial registration unit 65 with the feature point data of the acquired authentication data 83. For the collation, for example, determination based on the correlation between the two feature point data groups is used, and a correlation coefficient is calculated. If the correlation coefficient is greater than or equal to a predetermined value, it is determined that there is a strong correlation and the matching results match.
The authentication processing unit 57 controls the operation unit 37 and the display unit 31 to mount the mounting unit 10 or the like of the mounting device 1 when the correlation coefficient calculated from the collation result is less than the predetermined value. The user is prompted to adjust the position, finely adjust the position captured by the image sensor 21, etc., and repeat the above collation process. As a result of repeating the collation process a predetermined number of times or more, if the correlation coefficient is less than the predetermined value, the collation result is determined as a mismatch. In the authentication processing unit 57, since such processing depends on the operation of the user, the time until the result that the collation result matches is obtained (until the personal authentication is performed) is not constant but indefinite. is there.
 また、認証処理部57では、操作部37および表示部31を制御して、ユーザーのみが知る暗証番号や任意の文字、図形を入力させてもよい。暗証番号、任意の文字や図形は、予め、装着機器1の記憶部70に登録された暗証番号と比較照合される。また、これらの方法と上述の生体情報による照合を組み合わせて比較照合してもよい。
 また、認証処理部57では、通信部41を制御して、コンピューター通信網に設置されている認証サーバーと接続してもよい。認証サーバーには、予め、ユーザーによりユーザー固有の固有情報が格納されている。固有情報は、ユーザー自身により設定された情報であればいかなる情報でもよい。例えば、上述した生体情報、暗証番号、任意の文字や図形、予めユーザーにより設定された質問と答えなどの情報であってもよい。認証処理部57では、装着機器1を装着したユーザーから取得した情報を、認証サーバーに格納された固有情報と照合し、一致、不一致を判定する。また、認証サーバーによる個人認証は、上述した生体情報や暗証番号による照合と重複して実行されてもよい。
 尚、認証処理部57は、認証部に相当する。
Further, the authentication processing unit 57 may control the operation unit 37 and the display unit 31 to input a personal identification number known only by the user, an arbitrary character, or a figure. The personal identification number, arbitrary characters and figures are compared and collated with the personal identification number registered in the storage unit 70 of the wearing device 1 in advance. Moreover, you may perform comparison collation combining these methods and the collation by the above-mentioned biometric information.
Further, the authentication processing unit 57 may control the communication unit 41 to connect to an authentication server installed in the computer communication network. The authentication server stores user-specific unique information in advance. The unique information may be any information as long as it is information set by the user. For example, information such as the above-described biometric information, personal identification number, arbitrary characters and figures, and questions and answers set in advance by the user may be used. In the authentication processing unit 57, the information acquired from the user wearing the mounted device 1 is checked against the unique information stored in the authentication server, and a match or mismatch is determined. Further, the personal authentication by the authentication server may be executed redundantly with the above-described collation by the biometric information or the password.
Note that the authentication processing unit 57 corresponds to an authentication unit.
 判定処理部59は、料金システム5などの支払い処理システムから支払要求を受信した場合に、装着機器1を装着しているユーザーの個人認証が有効であるか、無効であるかを判定する。判定処理部59は、支払要求イベントIV5の通知により実行されるイベントハンドラーから呼び出されて実現される機能部である。判定処理部59は、結果データ85を参照して以下の(手順1)~(手順3)により判定結果を出力する。
 結果データ85のデータを内部変数に読み込む。   ・・・(手順1)
 列85A(UID)が「NULL」でないことを判定する。・・・(手順2)
 列85B(照合結果)が「1」かつ列85D(有効フラグ)が「1」であるか判定する。・・・(手順3)
 手順1は、記憶部70から内部変数への読み込み処理、手順2は内部変数と数値との比較処理、手順2が成立すると、手順3の処理へ進み、手順3では内部変数と数値との比較処理が2回処理される。手順3が成立した場合に、ユーザーの個人認証が有効であると判定し、手順2または手順3が成立しなかった場合に、ユーザーの個人認証は無効であると判定する。
 このように、手順1~手順3を実現するための処理ステップは一定のステップ数で実現でき、処理時間はCPUの処理速度(MIPS(Million instructions per second))に基づいて算出可能であり一定である。
 尚、判定処理部59は、判定部に相当する。
When the determination processing unit 59 receives a payment request from a payment processing system such as the fee system 5, the determination processing unit 59 determines whether the personal authentication of the user wearing the mounting device 1 is valid or invalid. The determination processing unit 59 is a functional unit that is implemented by being called from an event handler that is executed by notification of the payment request event IV5. The determination processing unit 59 refers to the result data 85 and outputs a determination result by the following (procedure 1) to (procedure 3).
Data of the result data 85 is read into an internal variable. ... (Procedure 1)
It is determined that the column 85A (UID) is not “NULL”. ... (Procedure 2)
It is determined whether the column 85B (collation result) is “1” and the column 85D (valid flag) is “1”. ... (Procedure 3)
Procedure 1 is a process for reading from the storage unit 70 into an internal variable, Procedure 2 is a process for comparing an internal variable with a numerical value, and if Procedure 2 is established, the procedure proceeds to a process of Procedure 3. In Procedure 3, a comparison is made between an internal variable and a numerical value. The process is processed twice. When the procedure 3 is established, it is determined that the user's personal authentication is valid. When the procedure 2 or the procedure 3 is not established, it is determined that the user's personal authentication is invalid.
In this way, the processing steps for realizing the procedures 1 to 3 can be realized with a fixed number of steps, and the processing time can be calculated based on the CPU processing speed (MIPS (Million instructions per second)) and is constant. is there.
The determination processing unit 59 corresponds to a determination unit.
 受付処理部61および告知処理部63は、一対で機能する機能部である。受付処理部61は、操作部37および報知部30などを制御して、装着解除指示を受け付ける。告知処理部63では、装着機器1が取り外された(非装着になった)時点で、個人認証された結果は無効となり、装着解除指示を受け付けていない場合は、アラームなどの警告音を出力する。この構成により、ユーザーが装着解除指示をしないで装着機器1が取り外された場合に、ユーザーの意に反した取り外し行為が行われたことを警告する。 The reception processing unit 61 and the notification processing unit 63 are functional units that function as a pair. The reception processing unit 61 controls the operation unit 37, the notification unit 30, and the like, and receives a mounting release instruction. In the notification processing unit 63, when the mounted device 1 is removed (not mounted), the result of personal authentication becomes invalid, and when an instruction to release the mounting is not accepted, a warning sound such as an alarm is output. . With this configuration, when the user removes the mounting device 1 without issuing a mounting release instruction, the user is warned that an unintentional removal action has been performed.
 詳しくは、装着解除指示は、ユーザーが装着機器1に対して操作する所定操作である。所定操作は、ユーザーが装着機器1を手首に装着している状態で行われる操作であり、例えば、簡易的な暗証番号を入力させるといった操作である。受付処理部61は、装着解除指示に相当する所定操作が行われた場合に、所定操作が成立しているか否か判定する。例えば、簡易的な暗証番号を入力させる場合には、予め記憶部70に設定した暗証番号と一致するか否かを判定する。所定操作が成立している場合には、記憶部70に格納される装着解除フラグ(図示は省略)を「ON」(装着解除可を示す)にする。尚、装着解除フラグは、装着機器1が装着された装着イベントIV1のイベントハンドラーにおいて認証処理部57が呼び出され、個人認証された場合に、装着解除フラグは「OFF」(装着解除不可を示す)に設定される。 Specifically, the mounting release instruction is a predetermined operation that the user operates on the mounting device 1. The predetermined operation is an operation performed in a state where the user wears the wearing device 1 on the wrist, for example, an operation of inputting a simple password. The reception processing unit 61 determines whether or not a predetermined operation has been established when a predetermined operation corresponding to the mounting release instruction is performed. For example, when inputting a simple password, it is determined whether or not the password matches a password set in advance in the storage unit 70. When the predetermined operation is established, the mounting release flag (not shown) stored in the storage unit 70 is set to “ON” (indicating that mounting can be released). The mounting release flag is “OFF” (indicating that mounting cannot be released) when the authentication processing unit 57 is called in the event handler of the mounting event IV1 in which the mounting device 1 is mounted and personal authentication is performed. Set to
 このような装着解除フラグが設定された状態で、非装着イベントIV3がイベント処理部67へ通知されると、その通知により実行されるイベントハンドラーでは、上述したように結果データ85の列85D(図6)の有効フラグを「0」に更新する。つまり、個人認証された結果は無効になる。このイベントハンドラーは、その処理のあとで、告知処理部63を起動する。
 告知処理部63は、装着解除フラグの内容を読み込み、装着解除フラグが「ON」でない場合(「OFF」を含む)は、音出力部33へ音量を指定して警告音を出力する。警告音の音量は不特定多数の聴覚を刺激する音量であり、警告音はアラーム音や、例えば、「装着機器1が盗難にあいました」などの音声信号であってもよい。また、表示部31へ警告を表す表示信号が出力されてもよい。その場合は、表示部31を点滅させるなど不特定多数の視覚を刺激する表示であることが好ましい。また、振動部35へ振動信号を出力してもよい。その場合は、振動部35の振動量を大きくして、仮に、ユーザー以外の人が装着機器1を持ち去った場合に、触覚を刺激することで装着し難い状態であることが好ましい。また、皮膚などの人体の部位に電気刺激を出力する端子(図示は省略)を備え、出力部位の触覚を強く刺激する構成であってもよい。尚、本処理のフローについては、図12を用いて後述する。
 尚、上述の装着解除フラグが「ON」でない場合は、非受付時に相当し、警告音やアラーム音、警告を表す表示信号、振動信号は、異常情報に相当する。また、受付処理部61は、受付部に相当し、告知処理部63は告知部に相当する。
When the non-mounting event IV3 is notified to the event processing unit 67 in a state where such a mounting release flag is set, the event handler executed by the notification causes the column 85D (see FIG. The validity flag of 6) is updated to “0”. That is, the result of personal authentication is invalid. This event handler activates the notification processing unit 63 after the processing.
The notification processing unit 63 reads the contents of the mounting release flag. If the mounting release flag is not “ON” (including “OFF”), the notification processing unit 63 specifies the volume to the sound output unit 33 and outputs a warning sound. The volume of the warning sound is a volume that stimulates an unspecified number of hearings, and the warning sound may be an alarm sound or an audio signal such as “the mounted device 1 has been stolen”. A display signal indicating a warning may be output to the display unit 31. In that case, a display that stimulates an unspecified number of sights such as blinking the display unit 31 is preferable. Further, a vibration signal may be output to the vibration unit 35. In that case, it is preferable that the vibration amount of the vibration unit 35 is increased, and if a person other than the user takes away the wearing device 1, it is difficult to wear by stimulating the sense of touch. Moreover, the structure (it abbreviate | omitted illustration) which outputs electrical stimulation to the site | parts of human bodies, such as skin, may be the structure which stimulates the tactile sense of an output site strongly. The flow of this process will be described later with reference to FIG.
When the above-described mounting release flag is not “ON”, it corresponds to a non-acceptance time, and a warning sound, an alarm sound, a display signal indicating a warning, and a vibration signal correspond to abnormality information. The reception processing unit 61 corresponds to a reception unit, and the notification processing unit 63 corresponds to a notification unit.
 記憶部70は、ROM(Read Only Memory)やフラッシュROM、RAM(Random Access Memory)、FeRAM(登録商標)(Ferroelectric RAM)等の記憶装置によって構成され、制御部50の各機能部を実現するための制御プログラムを含む各種プログラム(図示は省略)、データ等を記憶している。また、各種処理の処理中データ、変数、フラグの値、および処理結果などを一時的に記憶するワークエリアを有する。
 記憶部70には、個人情報テーブル72、登録認証データ81、取得認証データ83、結果データ85などが格納されている。
 個人情報テーブル72は、個人情報データ73とカード情報データ75とを含み、上述したように初期登録部65により格納されたユーザーを含むユーザーの個人情報データ73とカード情報データ75とが格納されている。
 登録認証データ81には、上述したように初期登録部65により登録されたユーザーを含むユーザーの特徴点データが格納されている。
 取得認証データ83には、上述したように認証処理部57により算出された特徴点データが格納されている。
 結果データ85は、上述したように装着機器1に個人認証されているユーザーのUIDと、照合結果、照合時刻、有効フラグが格納されている。
The storage unit 70 is configured by a storage device such as a ROM (Read Only Memory), a flash ROM, a RAM (Random Access Memory), an FeRAM (registered trademark) (Ferroelectric RAM), and the like. Various programs (not shown) including the control program, data, and the like are stored. In addition, it has a work area for temporarily storing data being processed, variables, flag values, processing results, and the like of various processes.
The storage unit 70 stores a personal information table 72, registration authentication data 81, acquisition authentication data 83, result data 85, and the like.
The personal information table 72 includes personal information data 73 and card information data 75. The personal information data 73 and card information data 75 of the user including the user stored by the initial registration unit 65 as described above are stored. Yes.
The registration authentication data 81 stores feature point data of users including users registered by the initial registration unit 65 as described above.
The acquired authentication data 83 stores the feature point data calculated by the authentication processing unit 57 as described above.
As described above, the result data 85 stores the UID of the user who is personally authenticated by the mounted device 1, the collation result, the collation time, and the valid flag.
 尚、装着機器1には、電力発現部(図示は省略)が備えられていてもよい。装着機器1が有する電力発現部は、装着機器1を動作させるための電力を発現する。制御部50は、電力発現部からの電力により動作して各種情報を処理する。また、制御部50により制御される装着部10、生体情報検出部20、報知部30、操作部37、計時部39、通信部41、記憶部70などの各部も電力発現部からの電力により動作する。電力発現部の発電は、太陽発電(ソーラーセル)により実現されてもよいし、振動発電、手巻き発電または温度差発電などにより発現されてもよい。 Note that the mounting device 1 may be provided with a power generating unit (not shown). The power generating unit included in the mounting device 1 generates power for operating the mounting device 1. The control unit 50 operates with power from the power generation unit and processes various types of information. In addition, each unit such as the mounting unit 10, the biological information detection unit 20, the notification unit 30, the operation unit 37, the timing unit 39, the communication unit 41, and the storage unit 70 controlled by the control unit 50 is also operated by power from the power generation unit. To do. The power generation of the power generation unit may be realized by solar power generation (solar cell), or may be expressed by vibration power generation, manual winding power generation, temperature difference power generation, or the like.
 また、電力発現部によって装着機器1に供給される電力は、必ずしも発電による電力には限定されない。例えば、1年以上電池交換不要に設定可能であれば、装着機器1に供給される電力は、通常のウオッチ(腕時計)に内蔵されるボタン電池や同様の電池からの電力であってもよい。また、電力発現部は、非接触または充電端子により充電可能な充電式の二次電池であってもよい。 Further, the power supplied to the mounting device 1 by the power generating unit is not necessarily limited to the power generated by the power generation. For example, if the battery can be set to be unnecessary for one year or longer, the power supplied to the wearing device 1 may be power from a button battery or a similar battery built in a normal watch (watch). Moreover, the electric power expression part may be a rechargeable secondary battery that can be charged by a non-contact or charging terminal.
 (メイン制御処理のフロー)
 図7は、メイン制御処理の流れを示すフローチャートである。以降、図7を中心に適宜、各図を交えて説明する。尚、以下のフローは、メイン制御処理のフローであり制御部50が記憶部70に記憶されている制御プログラム(図示は省略)に基づいて制御部50が装着部10や生体情報検出部20を含む各部を制御することにより実行される。
(Main control processing flow)
FIG. 7 is a flowchart showing the flow of the main control process. Hereinafter, description will be made with reference to FIG. The following flow is a flow of main control processing. The control unit 50 controls the mounting unit 10 and the biological information detection unit 20 based on a control program (not shown) stored in the storage unit 70. It is executed by controlling each part to be included.
 ステップS10は、初期登録処理を行う。本処理は、図8に示すフローにおいて詳細を説明する。初期登録処理が実行されると、個人情報テーブル72および登録認証データ81にユーザーの情報が格納される。 Step S10 performs an initial registration process. This process will be described in detail in the flow shown in FIG. When the initial registration process is executed, user information is stored in the personal information table 72 and the registration authentication data 81.
 ステップS20は、イベント処理を登録する。イベント駆動方式のプログラミングに必要となる各種イベントの定義、それぞれのイベントに対応するイベントハンドラーが起動されるように設定する。ここでは、以降のステップで利用する装着イベントIV1、非装着イベントIV3、支払要求イベントIV5のイベントが定義され、それぞれのイベントに対応するイベントハンドラーが設定される。 Step S20 registers event processing. Define various events required for event-driven programming, and set event handlers corresponding to each event to be activated. Here, events such as a mounting event IV1, a non-mounting event IV3, and a payment request event IV5 used in subsequent steps are defined, and event handlers corresponding to the respective events are set.
 ステップS30は、イベント処理ループである。各種イベントの発生に応じて、それぞれのイベントハンドラー(ステップS40,S50,S60)が実行される。イベントはキューウイングされ、イベントハンドラーはそれぞれのイベントが発生した順(一部の緊急用イベントは優先される)に実行される。イベントハンドラーの処理が終わると、本ステップに戻り、イベントの発生を待つ。 Step S30 is an event processing loop. Each event handler (steps S40, S50, S60) is executed in response to the occurrence of various events. Events are queued and event handlers are executed in the order in which each event occurs (some emergency events have priority). When the event handler process is completed, the process returns to this step and waits for an event to occur.
 ステップS40は、装着イベントIV1のイベントが発生した場合に処理されるイベントハンドラーである。処理の詳細は図9に示すフローにおいて説明する。本処理が実行されると、取得認証データ83が生成され、登録認証データ81と取得認証データ83と照合した結果が、結果データ85に格納される。 Step S40 is an event handler that is processed when the event of the mounting event IV1 occurs. Details of the processing will be described in the flow shown in FIG. When this process is executed, the acquisition authentication data 83 is generated, and the result of matching the registration authentication data 81 and the acquisition authentication data 83 is stored in the result data 85.
 ステップS50は、非装着イベントIV3のイベントが発生した場合に処理されるイベントハンドラーである。処理の詳細は図10に示すフローにおいて説明する。本処理が実行されると、結果データ85の照合結果が無効であることを記録する。 Step S50 is an event handler that is processed when an event of the non-wearing event IV3 occurs. Details of the processing will be described in the flow shown in FIG. When this process is executed, it is recorded that the collation result of the result data 85 is invalid.
 ステップS60は、支払要求イベントIV5のイベントが発生した場合に処理されるイベントハンドラーである。処理の詳細は図11に示すフローにおいて説明する。本処理が実行されると、結果データ85の照合結果が一致し、かつ有効である場合は、カード情報などを送信する。 Step S60 is an event handler that is processed when the payment request event IV5 event occurs. Details of the processing will be described in the flow shown in FIG. When this processing is executed, if the collation result of the result data 85 matches and is valid, card information and the like are transmitted.
 (初期登録処理のフロー)
 図8は、初期登録処理の流れを示すフローチャートである。本フローは、図7に示したメイン制御処理のステップS10の処理の詳細である。
(Initial registration process flow)
FIG. 8 is a flowchart showing the flow of the initial registration process. This flow is a detail of the process of step S10 of the main control process shown in FIG.
 ステップS110では、個人情報を登録する。装着機器1を利用するユーザーの個人情報データ73、カード情報データ75を取得し、個人情報テーブル72に格納する。
 ステップS120では、撮像画像を取得する。撮像センサー21を制御して、ユーザーの静脈画像を取得する。
 ステップS130では、認証データを生成し登録する。静脈画像から静脈パターンの特徴点データを算出し、登録認証データ81に登録(格納)する。登録認証データ81に登録された特徴点データは、同ユーザーの個体を識別する特徴点データである。
In step S110, personal information is registered. The personal information data 73 and card information data 75 of the user who uses the mounted device 1 are acquired and stored in the personal information table 72.
In step S120, a captured image is acquired. The imaging sensor 21 is controlled to acquire a user's vein image.
In step S130, authentication data is generated and registered. The feature point data of the vein pattern is calculated from the vein image and registered (stored) in the registration authentication data 81. The feature point data registered in the registration authentication data 81 is feature point data for identifying the individual of the user.
 (装着イベント処理のフロー)
 図9は、装着イベント処理の流れを示すフローチャートである。本フローは、図7に示したメイン制御処理のステップS40の処理の詳細である。
(Installation event processing flow)
FIG. 9 is a flowchart showing the flow of the mounting event process. This flow is the details of the process of step S40 of the main control process shown in FIG.
 ステップS210では、撮像画像を取得する。詳しくは、撮像センサー21を制御して、ユーザーの静脈画像を取得する。
 ステップS220では、認証データを生成し格納する。静脈画像から静脈パターンの特徴点データを算出し、取得認証データ83に格納する。
 ステップS230では、取得認証データ83と登録認証データ81とを照合する。詳しくは、取得認証データ83に格納されている特徴点データを、登録認証データ81に格納されている特徴点データと比較照合する。具体的には、両者の特徴点データ群の相関係数を算出する。
 ステップS240では、照合結果が一致したか否か判定する。詳しくは、ステップS230で算出した相関係数が所定値以上であった場合は、照合結果が一致した(Yes)と判定しS250へ進み、所定値未満であった場合には、照合結果が一致しなかった(No)と判定しS260へ進む。尚、登録認証データ81に複数のユーザーの特徴点データが登録されている場合は、登録認証データ81の特徴点データをユーザー毎に切り替えてステップS230,S240の処理を繰り返す。
 ステップS250では、結果データ85に、一致した登録認証データ81のUIDを格納する。詳しくは、ステップS240により照合結果が一致した特徴点データを有するUIDを登録認証データ81から取得し、結果データ85に、UID、照合結果「1」、照合時刻、有効フラグ「1」を格納する。
 ステップS260では、結果データ85を初期化する。詳しくは、結果データ85に格納されているUIDの情報を消去する。具体的には、UIDの情報を「NULL」に更新し、照合結果「0」、照合時刻は「NULL」、有効フラグ「0」に変更する。結果データ85は、支払要求イベントIV5のイベントハンドラー(ステップS60、ステップS410~S450)によって参照されるため、このような初期化によって、装着機器1を装着したユーザーが予め登録されていない場合には、カード情報を送信することが無いようにガードされている。
In step S210, a captured image is acquired. Specifically, the imaging sensor 21 is controlled to acquire a user's vein image.
In step S220, authentication data is generated and stored. The feature point data of the vein pattern is calculated from the vein image and stored in the acquisition authentication data 83.
In step S230, the acquisition authentication data 83 and the registration authentication data 81 are collated. Specifically, the feature point data stored in the acquisition authentication data 83 is compared with the feature point data stored in the registration authentication data 81. Specifically, a correlation coefficient between both feature point data groups is calculated.
In step S240, it is determined whether or not the collation results match. Specifically, if the correlation coefficient calculated in step S230 is greater than or equal to a predetermined value, it is determined that the collation results match (Yes), and the process proceeds to S250. If the correlation coefficient is less than the predetermined value, the collation result is one. It determines with having not done (No) and progresses to S260. If feature point data of a plurality of users are registered in the registration authentication data 81, the feature point data of the registration authentication data 81 is switched for each user, and the processes in steps S230 and S240 are repeated.
In step S 250, the matching UID of the registration authentication data 81 is stored in the result data 85. Specifically, in step S240, a UID having feature point data with the matching result matched is acquired from the registration authentication data 81, and the UID, the matching result “1”, the matching time, and the validity flag “1” are stored in the result data 85. .
In step S260, the result data 85 is initialized. Specifically, the UID information stored in the result data 85 is deleted. Specifically, the UID information is updated to “NULL”, and the verification result is changed to “0”, the verification time is changed to “NULL”, and the valid flag is “0”. Since the result data 85 is referred to by the event handler (step S60, steps S410 to S450) of the payment request event IV5, when the user who wears the wearing device 1 is not registered in advance by such initialization, It is guarded so that card information is not transmitted.
 (非装着イベント処理のフロー)
 図10は、非装着イベント処理の流れを示すフローチャートである。本フローは、図7に示したメイン制御処理のステップS50の処理の詳細である。
(Non-wearing event process flow)
FIG. 10 is a flowchart showing the flow of the non-wearing event process. This flow is a detail of the process of step S50 of the main control process shown in FIG.
 ステップS310では、結果データ85へデータを書き込む。詳しくは、結果データ85にUIDが存在して(「NULL」ではなく)いる場合に、有効フラグを「0」に変更する。つまり、個人認証された結果は無効になる。
 結果データ85の有効フラグの内容は、支払要求イベントIV5のイベントハンドラーによって参照され、有効フラグが「1」でない場合は、カード情報が送信されることはない。つまり、本ステップにより、装着機器1が非装着状態では、カード情報が送信されることがないように制御されている。
 図12も図10と同様に、非装着イベント処理の流れを示すフローチャートである。
 図12では、図10で行った処理の後で、装着解除指示を参照する場合のイベント処理の流れを示している。具体的には、上述した受付処理部61の機能が実現されており、装着解除フラグが「ON」または「OFF]に設定されていた場合に、処理されるフローである。
 ステップS510は、ステップS310と同じフローである。
 ステップS520では、装着解除指示があるか否か判定する。詳しくは、装着解除フラグが「ON]である場合は(Yes)、本フローを終了し、装着解除フラグが「ON」でない場合は(No)、ステップS530へ進む。
 ステップS530では、アラート音を発生させ、警告する。
 このようなフローにより、受付処理部61において、装着解除フラグが「ON」に設定されていない場合で、装着機器1が非装着(取り外された)の場合にアラート音を発生し、警告を促すことができる。
In step S310, data is written to the result data 85. Specifically, when the UID exists in the result data 85 (not “NULL”), the valid flag is changed to “0”. That is, the result of personal authentication is invalid.
The contents of the validity flag of the result data 85 are referred to by the event handler of the payment request event IV5. When the validity flag is not “1”, the card information is not transmitted. That is, by this step, the card information is controlled not to be transmitted when the mounted device 1 is not mounted.
FIG. 12 is a flowchart showing the flow of the non-wearing event process as in FIG.
FIG. 12 shows a flow of event processing when referring to the mounting release instruction after the processing performed in FIG. Specifically, this is a flow to be processed when the above-described function of the reception processing unit 61 is realized and the mounting release flag is set to “ON” or “OFF”.
Step S510 is the same flow as step S310.
In step S520, it is determined whether there is a mounting release instruction. Specifically, when the mounting release flag is “ON” (Yes), this flow is terminated, and when the mounting release flag is not “ON” (No), the process proceeds to step S530.
In step S530, an alert sound is generated and a warning is given.
According to such a flow, in the reception processing unit 61, when the mounting release flag is not set to “ON” and the mounting device 1 is not mounted (removed), an alert sound is generated and a warning is urged. be able to.
 (認証リクエスト処理のフロー)
 図11は、認証リクエスト処理の流れを示すフローチャートである。本フローは、図7に示したメイン制御処理のステップS60の処理の詳細である。
(Authentication request processing flow)
FIG. 11 is a flowchart showing the flow of the authentication request process. This flow is the detail of the process of step S60 of the main control process shown in FIG.
 ステップS410では、結果データ85を読み込む。詳しくは、結果データ85の内容を内部変数に読み込む。UID、照合結果、照合時刻、有効フラグが読み込まれる。 In step S410, the result data 85 is read. Specifically, the content of the result data 85 is read into an internal variable. The UID, verification result, verification time, and valid flag are read.
 ステップS420では、結果データ85にデータが存在するか否かが判定される。詳しくは、UIDが「NULL」でない場合には、データが存在すると判定し(Yes)、ステップS430へ進み、UIDが「NULL」である場合には、データが存在しないと判定し(No)、ステップS450へ進む。 In step S420, it is determined whether or not data exists in the result data 85. Specifically, if the UID is not “NULL”, it is determined that there is data (Yes), and the process proceeds to step S430. If the UID is “NULL”, it is determined that there is no data (No). Proceed to step S450.
 ステップS430では、照合結果が「1」でかつ有効フラグが「1」であるか否かを判定する。照合結果が「1」でかつ有効フラグが「1」である場合には(Yes)、ステップS440へ進み、照合結果および有効フラグのいずれかが「1」でない場合には(No)、ステップS450へ進む。 In step S430, it is determined whether or not the collation result is “1” and the valid flag is “1”. If the collation result is “1” and the valid flag is “1” (Yes), the process proceeds to step S440. If either the collation result or the valid flag is not “1” (No), step S450 is performed. Proceed to
 ステップS440では、カード情報を送信する。詳しくは、個人情報テーブル72を参照してステップS410で読み込んだUIDの番号のカード情報を取得する。取得したカード情報を通信部41を介して料金システム5へ送信する。 In step S440, card information is transmitted. Specifically, the card information of the UID number read in step S410 is acquired with reference to the personal information table 72. The acquired card information is transmitted to the fee system 5 via the communication unit 41.
 ステップS450では、NG(No good)応答を送信する。詳しくは、カード情報を送信することができないことを示すNG応答を通信部41を介して料金システム5へ送信する。 In step S450, an NG (No good) response is transmitted. Specifically, an NG response indicating that the card information cannot be transmitted is transmitted to the fee system 5 via the communication unit 41.
 ステップS440およびステップS450において、カード情報およびNG応答を送信するとしているが、実際は、装着機器1および料金システム5において予め決められた通信方式、通信手順、送受信データの仕様に基づいて双方向で様々な情報が送受信されている。また、暗号化などセキュリティー上の対応も取られている。 In step S440 and step S450, the card information and the NG response are transmitted. Actually, however, the information is variously changed in both directions based on the communication method, communication procedure, and transmission / reception data specifications determined in advance in the mounted device 1 and the charge system 5. Information is being sent and received. Security measures such as encryption are also taken.
 以上、図7から図11に示した各フローが処理されることにより、料金システム5から通信部41を介して支払要求を受信した場合に、支払要求イベントIV5が通知され対応するイベントハンドラーである認証リクエスト処理(ステップS60,S410~S450)の処理によって、カード情報が送信される。このとき、照合結果および有効フラグが共に「1」である場合は(ステップS430)、カード情報を送信する(ステップS440)。尚、照合結果が「1」は、装着しているユーザーが個人認証されており、有効フラグが「1」は、その状態が継続していることを示す。照合結果および有効フラグの内容は、認証リクエスト処理とは異なるタイミングに処理される装着イベント処理(ステップS40)および非装着イベント処理(ステップS50)によって、その内容が設定されている。従って、認証リクエスト処理では、支払要求を受信後、ステップS410,S420,S430のステップを処理することにより認証処理の結果を判定することができる。また、ステップS410,S420,S430は単純なメモリーアクセスと数値の比較処理であり、処理時間が一定でないユーザーの操作、処理に時間を要する認証データの生成(ステップS220)や特徴点データの比較照合処理(ステップS230)を含んでいない。このようにして、支払要求を受信後にステップS410,S420,S430といった限られたステップで、装着機器1を装着しているユーザーの個人認証の結果を出力する。 As described above, when each flow shown in FIGS. 7 to 11 is processed, when a payment request is received from the fee system 5 via the communication unit 41, the payment request event IV5 is notified and the corresponding event handler. Card information is transmitted by the processing of the authentication request processing (steps S60, S410 to S450). At this time, if the collation result and the valid flag are both “1” (step S430), the card information is transmitted (step S440). The collation result “1” indicates that the wearing user has been personally authenticated, and the valid flag “1” indicates that the state continues. The contents of the collation result and the valid flag are set by the mounting event process (step S40) and the non-wearing event process (step S50) that are processed at a timing different from the authentication request process. Accordingly, in the authentication request process, after receiving the payment request, the result of the authentication process can be determined by processing the steps S410, S420, and S430. Steps S410, S420, and S430 are simple memory access and numerical value comparison processing. User operation with non-constant processing time, generation of authentication data that requires time for processing (step S220), and comparison and collation of feature point data The process (step S230) is not included. In this way, after receiving the payment request, the result of personal authentication of the user wearing the wearing device 1 is output in limited steps such as steps S410, S420, and S430.
 以上述べたように、本実施形態に係わる装着機器1においては、以下の効果を得ることができる。
 装着部10および検出処理部52では、装着機器1の装着状態を検出している。具体的には、装着機器1が装着された場合に、装着イベントIV1が出力され、装着機器1が非装着された場合に、非装着イベントIV3が出力される。
 装着イベントIV1が出力されるとそのイベントハンドラーでは、認証処理部57を呼び出して装着機器1を装着しているユーザーの個人認証処理を行う。個人認証されると、結果データ85にユーザーのUIDが格納される。UIDを用いて、予め装着機器1に登録されているユーザーのカード情報や個人情報などを取り出すことができる。また、結果データ85には、個人認証されると照合結果に個人認証されたことを示す「1」と、個人認証された結果が有効であることを示す有効フラグ「1」が格納される。
 非装着イベントIV3が出力されるとそのイベントハンドラーでは、結果データ85の有効フラグを「0」にする。これは、個人認証された結果が無効になったことを示す。
 要求検出処理部56は、通信部41を監視する。外部機器から受信する受信データが、料金システム5などの支払い処理を要求する情報であった場合に、支払要求イベントIV5を出力する。
 支払要求イベントIV5が出力されるとそのイベントハンドラーでは、判定処理部59を呼び出して実行する。判定処理部59では、個人認証が有効か無効かを判定する。その判定は、結果データ85の情報を読み出して、照合結果と有効フラグの内容を比較するといった手順1~手順3により実現されることになる。このとき、認証処理部57を呼び出さない。つまり、料金システム5側では、支払い処理を要求した後に、個人認証処理に費やされていた処理時間および不定な時間を待つことなく、手順1~3といった単純で一定の処理時間で回答を取得することができる。
 従って、装着機器1では、料金システム5から支払要求された場合に、個人認証処理を行わずに照合結果を判定することができ、支払要求に対して速やかに回答処理を行うことができる。
 また、装着機器1の受付処理部61および告知処理部63により、装着解除指示を受け付けない状態で装着機器1が取り外された場合に、個人認証された結果を無効とし、警告音を出力することができる。従って、装着機器1がユーザーの意図に反して装着が解除されたような場合に、装着機器1の不正使用を防止することができる。
As described above, in the mounting device 1 according to the present embodiment, the following effects can be obtained.
The mounting unit 10 and the detection processing unit 52 detect the mounting state of the mounting device 1. Specifically, the mounting event IV1 is output when the mounting device 1 is mounted, and the non-mounting event IV3 is output when the mounting device 1 is not mounted.
When the mounting event IV1 is output, the event handler calls the authentication processing unit 57 to perform personal authentication processing of the user wearing the mounting device 1. When the personal authentication is performed, the user UID is stored in the result data 85. Using the UID, card information, personal information, and the like of a user registered in advance in the mounting device 1 can be extracted. Further, the result data 85 stores “1” indicating that the personal authentication is performed and “1” indicating that the result of the personal authentication is valid and “1” indicating that the result of the personal authentication is valid.
When the non-wearing event IV3 is output, the event handler sets the valid flag of the result data 85 to “0”. This indicates that the result of personal authentication is invalid.
The request detection processing unit 56 monitors the communication unit 41. When the received data received from the external device is information requesting payment processing such as the fee system 5, a payment request event IV5 is output.
When the payment request event IV5 is output, the event handler calls and executes the determination processing unit 59. The determination processing unit 59 determines whether personal authentication is valid or invalid. The determination is realized by the procedure 1 to the procedure 3 in which the information of the result data 85 is read and the comparison result is compared with the contents of the valid flag. At this time, the authentication processing unit 57 is not called. In other words, after requesting payment processing, the fee system 5 side obtains a response in a simple and fixed processing time such as steps 1 to 3 without waiting for the processing time and indefinite time spent on the personal authentication processing. can do.
Therefore, when a payment request is made from the fee system 5, the mounting device 1 can determine the collation result without performing the personal authentication process, and can promptly process the response to the payment request.
In addition, when the mounted device 1 is removed by the reception processing unit 61 and the notification processing unit 63 of the mounted device 1 without receiving the mounting release instruction, the result of personal authentication is invalidated and a warning sound is output. Can do. Therefore, when the wearing device 1 is released from the user's intention, unauthorized use of the wearing device 1 can be prevented.
 (実施形態2)
 本発明の実施形態2について図を参照して以下に説明する。なお、本実施形態の説明において、上述した実施形態1と同じ構成部材には同一符号を付し、ここではそれらの説明を省略又は簡略化することがある。
 図13は、装着機器の利用形態の概要を表す説明図である。図14は、認証シーケンスの概要を表す説明図である。
 装着機器101は、第1使用者としてのユーザーU1および第2使用者(または代理人)としてのユーザーU2の手首などに装着される端末である。装着機器101は、手首の周囲に巻き付けるバンド11に柔軟に変形可能なフレキシブルタイプの各種表示を行う表示部31と表示部31を覆うタッチパネルの操作部37が組み込まれている。図13に示す装着機器101は、ユーザーU1,U2の左手首に装着された状態であり、手の甲B側に表示部31と操作部37が備えられ、同じ左手の手の平F側にはバンド11を手首に装着し固定する開閉部12が備えられている。また、バンド11の内部には、CPU(Central Processing Unit)である制御部150、ユーザー(以降、ユーザーU1とユーザーU2とを区別しない場合は、単にユーザーと呼称する)の生体情報を検出する生体情報検出部20、および無線通信により各種データを送受信する通信部41などが関連する回路と共に内蔵されている。尚、ユーザーは、使用者に相当する。
(Embodiment 2)
Embodiment 2 of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings. In the description of the present embodiment, the same components as those in the first embodiment described above are denoted by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof may be omitted or simplified here.
FIG. 13 is an explanatory diagram showing an outline of a usage form of a mounted device. FIG. 14 is an explanatory diagram showing an outline of the authentication sequence.
The wearing device 101 is a terminal worn on the wrist of the user U1 as the first user and the user U2 as the second user (or agent). The wearing device 101 includes a display unit 31 that performs various types of flexible types that can be flexibly deformed around a band 11 that is wound around the wrist, and a touch panel operation unit 37 that covers the display unit 31. The wearing device 101 shown in FIG. 13 is attached to the left wrists of the users U1 and U2, and is provided with a display unit 31 and an operation unit 37 on the back B side of the hand, and a band 11 on the palm F side of the same left hand. An opening / closing part 12 is provided to be attached and fixed to the wrist. Further, inside the band 11, a control unit 150, which is a CPU (Central Processing Unit), a living body that detects biological information of a user (hereinafter simply referred to as a user when the user U1 and the user U2 are not distinguished). An information detection unit 20 and a communication unit 41 that transmits and receives various data by wireless communication are incorporated together with related circuits. A user corresponds to a user.
 料金システム5は、キャッシュカード、クレジットカード、およびデビッドカードなどのカード情報やネットバンキングなどの口座情報などの金融処理を可能とする金融情報に基づいて、利用したサービスの料金の支払い処理(金融処理に相当する)をする料金システムである。料金システム5は、料金を支払う場所に設置され、装着機器101を装着したユーザーU1またはユーザーU2が近づくと、装着機器101に対してカード情報などを要求するコマンドRQを無線通信により送信する。装着機器101は、コマンドRQを受信すると、要求に応じたカード情報などを含むコマンドRPを料金システム5へ送信する。
 尚、装着機器101および料金システム5は、決済システムに相当する。
The fee system 5 is based on financial information that enables financial processing such as card information such as cash cards, credit cards, and debit cards, and account information such as net banking. This is a fee system. The fee system 5 is installed at a place where the fee is paid, and when the user U1 or the user U2 wearing the attached device 101 approaches, transmits a command RQ requesting card information or the like to the attached device 101 by wireless communication. When receiving the command RQ, the mounted device 101 transmits a command RP including card information according to the request to the fee system 5.
The mounted device 101 and the fee system 5 correspond to a payment system.
 装着機器101では、ユーザーU1のカード情報を記憶部170(後述する)に記憶している。装着機器101では、ユーザーU1が何らかの事情により料金システム5へ支払い処理ができないような場合に、他のユーザーであるユーザーU2にユーザーU1のカード情報で支払い処理を委託する機能を備えている。このようなユーザーU1とユーザーU2との関係としては、例えば、ユーザーU2がユーザーU1の後見人という関係、ユーザーU2がユーザーU1の財産に関する全ての事項における法廷代理人という関係がある。但し、このようなケースに限らず、ユーザーU2は、ユーザーU1から信頼された第3者であってもよい。また、上述した料金システム5は、金融処理に限らず、本人確認が必要なシステムであれば他のシステムでもよい。例えば、ユーザーU1が予約したチケットや物品などを本人確認の上、発行または引き渡しするシステムや、ユーザーU1に関する書類や情報を本人確認の上、提供するシステムであってもよい。 The mounted device 101 stores the card information of the user U1 in the storage unit 170 (described later). The mounted device 101 has a function of entrusting payment processing to the user U2 who is another user with the card information of the user U1 when the user U1 cannot perform payment processing to the fee system 5 for some reason. Examples of the relationship between the user U1 and the user U2 include a relationship in which the user U2 is a guardian of the user U1, and a relationship in which the user U2 is a court agent in all matters relating to the property of the user U1. However, the user U2 is not limited to such a case, and may be a third party trusted by the user U1. In addition, the fee system 5 described above is not limited to financial processing, and may be another system as long as it is a system that requires identity verification. For example, a system that issues or delivers a ticket or an article reserved by the user U1 after confirming the identity, or a system that provides documents or information related to the user U1 after confirming the identity.
 図14を用いて、装着機器101の継承処理および料金システム5との認証処理について説明する。図14は、継承および認証シーケンスの概要を説明する図である。
 図14に示すシーケンス図は、ユーザーU1による操作(U1)、ユーザーU2による操作(U2)、装着機器101の制御部150の処理、および料金システム5の処理における相互に連携する部分について、時間の流れに沿って(上から下へ)表している。尚、本シーケンスに示す処理方法は、決済方法に相当する。また、詳細は後述するが、制御部150は、機能部として認証処理部57、継承処理部69、要求検出処理部56、および判定処理部159を有している。
The inheritance process of the mounted device 101 and the authentication process with the charge system 5 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 14 is a diagram for explaining the outline of the inheritance and authentication sequence.
The sequence diagram shown in FIG. 14 shows the time for the mutually linked portions in the operation (U1) by the user U1, the operation (U2) by the user U2, the processing of the control unit 150 of the mounted device 101, and the processing of the fee system 5. Represents along the flow (from top to bottom). Note that the processing method shown in this sequence corresponds to a settlement method. Although details will be described later, the control unit 150 includes an authentication processing unit 57, an inheritance processing unit 69, a request detection processing unit 56, and a determination processing unit 159 as functional units.
 ユーザーU1が装着機器101を装着する(操作P11)と、装着機器101では、ユーザーU1の個人認証処理が行われる(認証処理部57)。個人認証処理では、予め装着機器101に登録されたユーザーU1の静脈パターンと、撮像センサー21を制御して撮像した静脈の撮像画像から解析した静脈パターンとを照合する。尚、ユーザーU1の個人認証処理を行うことは、「第1使用者が、装着機器を装着し個人認証を行い」に相当する。 When the user U1 wears the wearing device 101 (operation P11), the wearing device 101 performs personal authentication processing of the user U1 (authentication processing unit 57). In the personal authentication process, the vein pattern of the user U1 registered in advance in the wearing device 101 and the vein pattern analyzed from the captured image of the vein imaged by controlling the imaging sensor 21 are collated. Note that performing the personal authentication process of the user U1 corresponds to “the first user wears the wearing device and performs personal authentication”.
 ユーザーU1が個人認証されると、引き続き、ユーザーU1により、装着機器101が操作され、継承処理が行われる(継承処理部69)。継承処理では、ユーザーU1によりユーザーU2へ継承する操作が行われる。図22に示す継承先指定画面(画面D10)は、ユーザーU1による操作中に表示部31に表示される画面の例である。この継承処理の操作は、ユーザーU1が個人認証された装着機器101を使用しユーザーU1のカード情報を利用する権利を、ユーザーU2へ継承する操作(権利継承指示)である。尚、継承処理を行うことは、「第1使用者が、第2使用者に装着機器の権利継承を行い」に相当する。 When the user U1 is personally authenticated, the mounted device 101 is operated by the user U1 and the inheritance process is performed (inheritance processing unit 69). In the inheritance process, an operation to be inherited by the user U1 to the user U2 is performed. The inheritance destination designation screen (screen D10) illustrated in FIG. 22 is an example of a screen displayed on the display unit 31 during an operation by the user U1. The operation of the inheritance process is an operation (right inheritance instruction) for inheriting the right to use the card information of the user U1 to the user U2 by using the mounted device 101 for which the user U1 has been personally authenticated. Note that performing the inheritance process corresponds to “the first user inherits the right of the mounted device to the second user”.
 ユーザーU1は装着機器101を手首から外し非装着にする(操作P13)。ユーザーU1は、ユーザーU2へ装着機器101を手渡す(操作C)。 The user U1 removes the wearing device 101 from the wrist and removes it from the wrist (operation P13). The user U1 hands over the mounted device 101 to the user U2 (operation C).
 ユーザーU2が装着機器101を装着する(操作P15)と、装着機器101では、ユーザーU2の個人認証処理が行われる(認証処理部57)。個人認証処理では、上述のユーザーU1の個人認証処理と同様に予め装着機器101に登録されたユーザーU2の静脈パターンと、撮像センサー21を制御して撮像した静脈の撮像画像から解析した静脈パターンとを照合する。尚、ユーザーU2の個人認証処理を行うことは、「第2使用者が、装着機器を装着し個人認証を行うこと」に相当する。 When the user U2 wears the wearing device 101 (operation P15), the wearing device 101 performs a personal authentication process for the user U2 (authentication processing unit 57). In the personal authentication process, the vein pattern of the user U2 registered in advance in the wearing device 101 and the vein pattern analyzed from the captured image of the vein imaged by controlling the image sensor 21 are the same as the personal authentication process of the user U1 described above. Is matched. Note that performing the personal authentication process of the user U2 corresponds to “the second user wearing the wearing device and performing personal authentication”.
 ユーザーU2が個人認証された後で、ユーザーU2は、料金システム5の近くに移動する。 After the user U2 is personally authenticated, the user U2 moves close to the fee system 5.
 料金システム5の支払い処理5Aが発生すると、料金システム5から装着機器101に対して、支払処理をするカード情報を要求するコマンドRQが送信される。装着機器101では、要求検出処理部56、判定処理部159および制御部150がコマンドRQに対応する処理を行い、ユーザーU1からユーザーU2への継承情報に基づいて、ユーザーU1のカード情報を含むコマンドRPを送信(回答)する。このようにして、ユーザーU2が装着機器101を外し非装着にする(操作P17)までの間は、ユーザーU2に装着された装着機器101からユーザーU1のカード情報による支払い処理が可能となる。尚、ユーザーU2に装着された装着機器101からユーザーU1のカード情報による支払いをすることは、「第2使用者が第1使用者の代理として装着機器を用いて決済すること」に相当する。
 このようにして、制御部150は、ユーザーU1が個人認証された結果として可能となるユーザーU1のカード情報による支払い処理を、ユーザーU2に委託することができる。
 以降、このような効果を得ることができる装着機器101の構成について以下に詳細に説明する。
When the payment process 5A of the fee system 5 occurs, a command RQ requesting card information for payment processing is transmitted from the fee system 5 to the mounted device 101. In the mounted device 101, the request detection processing unit 56, the determination processing unit 159, and the control unit 150 perform processing corresponding to the command RQ, and a command including card information of the user U1 based on inheritance information from the user U1 to the user U2. Send (answer) RP. In this way, the payment process based on the card information of the user U1 can be performed from the mounting device 101 attached to the user U2 until the user U2 removes the mounting device 101 and removes it (operation P17). Note that the payment using the card information of the user U1 from the mounting device 101 mounted on the user U2 corresponds to “the second user making a payment using the mounting device on behalf of the first user”.
In this way, the control unit 150 can entrust the user U2 with the payment process based on the card information of the user U1 that is made possible as a result of the personal authentication of the user U1.
Hereinafter, the configuration of the mounting device 101 capable of obtaining such an effect will be described in detail below.
 (装着機器の構成)
 図15は、装着機器の概略構成を示すブロック図である。
 装着機器101は、装着部10、生体情報検出部20、報知部30、操作部37、計時部39、通信部41、制御部150、および記憶部170を備えて構成される。また、装着機器101は、通信7を介して料金システム5と接続されている。
(Configuration of equipment)
FIG. 15 is a block diagram illustrating a schematic configuration of the mounted device.
The mounting device 101 includes a mounting unit 10, a biological information detection unit 20, a notification unit 30, an operation unit 37, a timing unit 39, a communication unit 41, a control unit 150, and a storage unit 170. The mounted device 101 is connected to the fee system 5 via the communication 7.
 本実施形態の装着機器101は、制御部50に替えて制御部150が、記憶部70に替えて記憶部170が設けられている点が、実施形態1の装着機器1と異なっている。なお、その他の点では装着機器1と同じである。そこで、以下では装着機器1との相違点を中心に説明する。 The mounting device 101 according to the present embodiment is different from the mounting device 1 according to the first embodiment in that a control unit 150 is provided instead of the control unit 50 and a storage unit 170 is provided instead of the storage unit 70. The other points are the same as those of the mounted device 1. Therefore, the following description will focus on differences from the mounted device 1.
 (制御部)
 制御部150は、CPUやDSP(Digital Signal Processor)等のプロセッサーを有して構成され、装着機器101の各部を統括的に制御する制御装置および演算装置である。制御部150は、記憶部170に記憶された制御プログラム(図示は省略)を含む各種プログラムに従って装着機器101の各種機能を実現する。
 制御部150は、主要な機能部として検出処理部52、要求検出処理部56、認証処理部57、判定処理部159、受付処理部61、告知処理部63、および継承処理部69を有し、これらの機能部をイベント処理部67およびイベントハンドラー(後述する)により統括的に制御して装着機器101の機能を実現する。また、制御部150では、上述の機能部が実現される以前に初期登録部65の機能を実行する。
(Control part)
The control unit 150 includes a processor such as a CPU or a DSP (Digital Signal Processor), and is a control device and an arithmetic device that collectively control each unit of the mounted device 101. The control unit 150 implements various functions of the mounted device 101 according to various programs including a control program (not shown) stored in the storage unit 170.
The control unit 150 includes a detection processing unit 52, a request detection processing unit 56, an authentication processing unit 57, a determination processing unit 159, a reception processing unit 61, a notification processing unit 63, and an inheritance processing unit 69 as main functional units. These function units are collectively controlled by an event processing unit 67 and an event handler (described later) to realize the function of the mounted device 101. In addition, the control unit 150 executes the function of the initial registration unit 65 before the above-described function unit is realized.
 (初期登録部)
 初期登録部65は、装着機器101を利用するユーザーの初期登録を行う。詳しくは、初期登録部65は、操作部37および表示部31を制御してユーザーの個人情報やカード情報などの情報を取得する。取得した情報を記憶部170に個人情報テーブル172(図16)として格納する。格納時には、制御部150においてユーザーを識別するためのUID(User Identification)を生成し、ユーザーの情報として管理する。
(Initial Registration Department)
The initial registration unit 65 performs initial registration of a user who uses the mounted device 101. Specifically, the initial registration unit 65 controls the operation unit 37 and the display unit 31 to acquire information such as user personal information and card information. The acquired information is stored in the storage unit 170 as a personal information table 172 (FIG. 16). At the time of storage, the control unit 150 generates a UID (User Identification) for identifying the user and manages it as user information.
 ここで、図16を参照して個人情報テーブル172について説明する。図16は、個人情報テーブルの一例を示す図である。個人情報テーブル172には、列72A、列72B、列72C、列72D、列72Eおよび行72G、行72H、行72J、行72Kが示されている。列72Aには、UIDが格納されている。列72Bには、サービスの種類が、列72Cには、カード番号が、列72Dには付帯情報が格納されている。列72Eには、継承UIDが格納されている。継承UIDは、継承処理部69により格納されるUIDである(詳細は後述する)。行72Gは、UIDが「0001」のユーザーU1のクレジットカードサービスが「Aカード」であり、そのカード番号は「01234567890123456789」で、付帯情報が「012」であることを示している。行72Hは、行72Gと同じUID「0001」のユーザーU1の個人情報の種類が「マイナンバー」であり、その番号は「000011112222」であることを示している。行72Jおよび行72Kには、UIDが「0002」のユーザーU2の情報がユーザーU1の情報と同様な形式で格納されている。尚、個人情報テーブル172に格納されるユーザーU1に係わる情報は、第1使用者情報に相当する。 Here, the personal information table 172 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 16 is a diagram illustrating an example of the personal information table. In the personal information table 172, a column 72A, a column 72B, a column 72C, a column 72D, a column 72E, a row 72G, a row 72H, a row 72J, and a row 72K are shown. The column 72A stores the UID. The column 72B stores service types, the column 72C stores card numbers, and the column 72D stores incidental information. The column 72E stores inherited UIDs. The inherited UID is a UID stored by the inheritance processing unit 69 (details will be described later). The row 72G indicates that the credit card service of the user U1 whose UID is “0001” is “A card”, the card number is “01234567890123456789”, and the incidental information is “012”. The row 72H indicates that the personal information type of the user U1 having the same UID “0001” as the row 72G is “My Number”, and the number is “000011112222”. In the rows 72J and 72K, the information of the user U2 whose UID is “0002” is stored in the same format as the information of the user U1. Information relating to the user U1 stored in the personal information table 172 corresponds to first user information.
 個人情報は、例えば、マイナンバー、氏名、年齢、住所などの情報であり、料金システム5や他のシステムから要求された場合に送信することができる。カード情報は、例えば、クレジットカード番号(クレジットカード情報)、デビットカード情報(デビットカード情報)、キャッシュカード番号(キャッシュカード情報)、およびネットバンキングに用いられる口座番号(ネットバンキング情報)などであり、必要に応じてセキュリティーコードやパスワードなどが付帯情報として格納される。また、個人情報テーブル172には、ユーザーU1とユーザーU2との共有情報などが格納されていてもよい。 Personal information is, for example, information such as my number, name, age, and address, and can be transmitted when requested by the fee system 5 or another system. The card information is, for example, a credit card number (credit card information), debit card information (debit card information), a cash card number (cash card information), and an account number (net banking information) used for net banking. Security code, password, etc. are stored as incidental information as necessary. The personal information table 172 may store information shared between the user U1 and the user U2.
 初期登録部65では、操作部37および表示部31を制御して、ユーザーに装着機器101を装着するよう促し、ユーザーが装着機器101を装着後、ユーザー個体を特定する生体情報を検出する。生体情報は、好適例として、個体の識別精度が高い静脈の画像信号である。初期登録部65は、生体情報検出部20を制御して、静脈の画像信号を取得する。取得した静脈の画像信号から、画像の二値化処理、細線化処理、特徴点抽出等の公知の処理を適用して静脈パターンの特徴点データを算出する。特徴点データは、例えば、静脈パターンの分岐点の間隔や数、分岐点間の長さと形状、分岐点における夾角の角度、などの複数の特徴点データで構成されている。初期登録部65では、ユーザーの特徴点データを算出すると、ユーザーのUIDと紐付けて記憶部170に登録認証データ81(図5)として格納する。 The initial registration unit 65 controls the operation unit 37 and the display unit 31 to prompt the user to wear the wearing device 101, and after the user wears the wearing device 101, biometric information that identifies the user individual is detected. As a suitable example, the biological information is a vein image signal with high individual identification accuracy. The initial registration unit 65 controls the biological information detection unit 20 to acquire a vein image signal. The feature point data of the vein pattern is calculated from the acquired vein image signal by applying known processing such as image binarization processing, thinning processing, feature point extraction, and the like. The feature point data includes, for example, a plurality of feature point data such as the interval and number of branch points of the vein pattern, the length and shape between the branch points, and the depression angle at the branch point. In the initial registration unit 65, when the user feature point data is calculated, the feature point data is associated with the user UID and stored in the storage unit 170 as registration authentication data 81 (FIG. 5).
 ここで、図5を参照して、本実施形態の登録認証データ81について説明する。登録認証データ81には、列81Aと列81Bが示されている。列81Aには、UIDが格納されている。列81Bには、静脈パターンの特徴点データが格納されている。本実施形態の登録認証データ81の一行目にはUIDが「0001」(ユーザーU1)の特徴点データが「特徴点データA」として格納されている。特徴点データAは、特徴点を表す数値データ群である。また、数値データ群が複数個あってもよい。二行目にはUIDが「0002」(ユーザーU2)の特徴点データが「特徴点データB」として格納されている。 Here, the registration authentication data 81 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. In the registration authentication data 81, a column 81A and a column 81B are shown. The column 81A stores the UID. Column 81B stores vein pattern feature point data. In the first line of the registration authentication data 81 of the present embodiment, feature point data having a UID “0001” (user U1) is stored as “feature point data A”. The feature point data A is a numerical data group representing feature points. There may be a plurality of numerical data groups. In the second row, feature point data having a UID “0002” (user U2) is stored as “feature point data B”.
 尚、初期登録部65による初期登録の操作は、操作部37および表示部31を制御して行うとしたが、通信部41を介して、他のPCやスマートフォンと双方向に通信し、PCやスマートフォン側でユーザーの個人情報やカード情報などの情報を入力させてもよい。装着機器101では、それらの情報を受信して、記憶部170に格納する構成であってもよい。 Although the initial registration operation by the initial registration unit 65 is performed by controlling the operation unit 37 and the display unit 31, it communicates bidirectionally with other PCs and smartphones via the communication unit 41, Information such as user personal information and card information may be input on the smartphone side. The mounted device 101 may be configured to receive such information and store it in the storage unit 170.
 (イベント処理部)
 イベント処理部67は、制御部150において各機能部をイベント駆動方式で制御するための仕組みを設定し、イベント処理ループを起動する。各種イベントには、装着機器101の装着を検出したイベント(装着イベントIV1)、装着機器101の装着解除を検出したイベント(非装着イベントIV3)、料金システム5から支払要求を受信したイベント(支払要求イベントIV5)、ユーザー操作によって装着機器101の継承設定が選択された場合のイベント(継承イベントIV7)などがある。イベント処理ループでは、これらのイベントが発生すると、イベントの種類毎に設定されたイベントハンドラー(図示は省略)へ処理を移す。イベントハンドラーは、制御部150を構成する機能部であり、イベント毎に対応する処理が記述された関数であり、必要に応じて各機能部を実行し、イベントに対応する処理を実現する。尚、イベントハンドラー処理のフローについては、図18~図20、図12に示すフローチャートを用いて後述する。
(Event processing part)
The event processing unit 67 sets a mechanism for controlling each functional unit by the event driving method in the control unit 150 and starts an event processing loop. The various events include an event that detects the mounting of the mounting device 101 (mounting event IV1), an event that detects that the mounting device 101 is released (non-mounting event IV3), and an event that receives a payment request from the fee system 5 (payment request). Event IV5) and an event (inheritance event IV7) when the inheritance setting of the mounted device 101 is selected by a user operation. In the event processing loop, when these events occur, the process moves to an event handler (not shown) set for each event type. The event handler is a function unit that constitutes the control unit 150, and is a function in which processing corresponding to each event is described. Each function unit is executed as necessary to realize processing corresponding to the event. The event handler process flow will be described later with reference to the flowcharts shown in FIGS.
 (装着検出部)
 検出処理部52は、装着検出部53および非装着検出部55を有して構成される。
 装着検出部53は、装着機器101がユーザーの手首に装着されたことを検出し、装着検出イベントの発生をイベント処理部67へ通知(出力)する。詳しくは、装着検出部53は、装着部10から出力されるON/OFF信号を監視する。信号が、OFFからONに変化すると、装着イベントIV1を出力する。
(Mounting detector)
The detection processing unit 52 includes an attachment detection unit 53 and a non-attachment detection unit 55.
The wearing detection unit 53 detects that the wearing device 101 is worn on the user's wrist, and notifies (outputs) the occurrence of a wearing detection event to the event processing unit 67. Specifically, the mounting detection unit 53 monitors an ON / OFF signal output from the mounting unit 10. When the signal changes from OFF to ON, the mounting event IV1 is output.
 (装着イベントIV1のイベントハンドラー)
 装着イベントIV1が、イベント処理部67へ通知されると、その通知によりイベントハンドラーに処理が移される。このイベントハンドラーでは、認証処理部57の機能を実現し、装着機器101を装着したユーザーが、予め初期登録部65により登録されているユーザーであるか否かを判定する。尚、判定方法については、後述する認証処理部57で詳細を説明する。登録されているユーザーであると判定した場合には、ユーザーのUIDを、結果データ185(図17)へ格納する。引き続き、装着イベントIV1のイベントハンドラーでは、装着したユーザーが他のユーザーから(例えば、ユーザーU2がユーザーU1から)、権利継承されている場合(継承時)は、権利継承元のユーザー(ユーザーU1)に関する情報を表示部31へ出力し、いずれのユーザーからも権利継承されていない場合(非継承時)は、権利継承されていない旨の情報(非継承情報)を表示部31へ出力する。表示部31では、それぞれの情報が表示される。また、このとき音出力部33へ聴覚により注意を促すブザー音データ、または振動部35へ触覚を刺激する振動データを出力してもよい。尚、本イベントハンドラーによる情報を出力する機能および表示部31、音出力部33、振動部35を含む報知部30は、報知部に相当する。
(Event handler for wearing event IV1)
When the mounting event IV1 is notified to the event processing unit 67, the processing is moved to the event handler by the notification. In this event handler, the function of the authentication processing unit 57 is realized, and it is determined whether or not the user wearing the wearing device 101 is a user registered in advance by the initial registration unit 65. Details of the determination method will be described later in the authentication processing unit 57. If it is determined that the user is a registered user, the user's UID is stored in the result data 185 (FIG. 17). Subsequently, in the event handler of the wearing event IV1, if the wearing user has inherited the rights from another user (for example, the user U2 from the user U1) (when inherited), the right inheriting source user (user U1) When the right is not inherited by any user (when not inherited), information indicating that the right is not inherited (non-inherited information) is output to the display unit 31. Each information is displayed on the display unit 31. Further, at this time, buzzer sound data for urgent attention to the sound output unit 33 or vibration data for stimulating tactile sensation may be output to the vibration unit 35. The notification unit 30 including the function for outputting information by the event handler and the display unit 31, the sound output unit 33, and the vibration unit 35 corresponds to the notification unit.
 ここで、図17を参照して、結果データ185について説明する。図17は、結果データの一例を示す図である。結果データ185には、列85A、列85B、列85C、列85Dが示されている。列85AにはUIDが、列85Bには照合結果が一致したこと(該当するUIDのユーザーが個人認証されたこと)を示す「1」が、列85Cには照合した時刻データが、格納されている。列85Dには照合結果の内容(列85Bの内容)が有効である場合には有効フラグに「1」が、有効でない場合には有効フラグに「0」がそれぞれ格納されている。また、装着機器101を装着したユーザーが、予め登録されているユーザーではなかったと判定された場合には、結果データ185の列85Aに格納されていたUIDは削除され「NULL」データ(例えば、値は「-1」)となり、他の列85B,85C,85Dの内容も「NULL」に初期化される。
 図17に示す結果データ185の例では、ユーザーU1は、有効フラグが「0」であり、ユーザーU2は、有効フラグが「1」であることから、装着機器101は、ユーザーU2に装着されていることを示している。
Here, the result data 185 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 17 is a diagram illustrating an example of result data. In the result data 185, a column 85A, a column 85B, a column 85C, and a column 85D are shown. The column 85A stores the UID, the column 85B stores “1” indicating that the collation result matches (the user of the corresponding UID has been personally authenticated), and the column 85C stores the collated time data. Yes. In the column 85D, “1” is stored in the validity flag when the contents of the collation result (contents in the column 85B) are valid, and “0” is stored in the validity flag when the contents are not valid. If it is determined that the user wearing the wearing device 101 is not a user registered in advance, the UID stored in the column 85A of the result data 185 is deleted and “NULL” data (for example, value Becomes “−1”), and the contents of the other columns 85B, 85C, and 85D are also initialized to “NULL”.
In the example of the result data 185 shown in FIG. 17, the user U1 has the valid flag “0” and the user U2 has the valid flag “1”. It shows that.
 (非装着検出部)
 非装着検出部55は、装着機器101がユーザーの手首から取り外されたことを検出し、非装着イベントIV3の発生をイベント処理部67へ通知(出力)する。詳しくは、非装着検出部55は、装着部10から出力されるON/OFF信号を監視する。信号が、ONからOFFに変化すると、非装着イベントIV3を出力する。
(Non-wearing detector)
The non-wearing detection unit 55 detects that the wearing device 101 has been removed from the user's wrist, and notifies (outputs) the occurrence of the non-wearing event IV3 to the event processing unit 67. Specifically, the non-mounting detection unit 55 monitors an ON / OFF signal output from the mounting unit 10. When the signal changes from ON to OFF, a non-wearing event IV3 is output.
 (非装着イベントIV3のイベントハンドラー)
 非装着イベントIV3がイベント処理部67へ通知されると、その通知によりイベントハンドラーに処理が移される。このイベントハンドラーでは、結果データ185の列85D(図17)の有効フラグを「0」に更新する。有効フラグが「0」に設定されることは、装着機器101を装着していたユーザーの個人認証の結果が無効になったことを示している。
 尚、装着部10、検出処理部52および生体情報検出部20は、装着状態を検出する検出部に相当する。
(Event handler for non-wearing event IV3)
When the non-wearing event IV3 is notified to the event processing unit 67, the processing is moved to the event handler by the notification. In this event handler, the valid flag in the column 85D (FIG. 17) of the result data 185 is updated to “0”. The fact that the valid flag is set to “0” indicates that the result of personal authentication of the user wearing the wearing device 101 has become invalid.
The mounting unit 10, the detection processing unit 52, and the biological information detection unit 20 correspond to a detection unit that detects a mounting state.
 (要求検出処理部)
 要求検出処理部56は、通信部41の受信データを監視し、受信データがカード情報を要求する情報であった場合に、支払要求イベントIV5をイベント処理部67へ通知(出力)する。要求検出処理部56では、装着機器101およびユーザーにおいて支払い処理を受付可能な、支払い処理システム(料金システム5など)やカード会社およびサービスなどの情報を管理している。これらの情報は、記憶部170に予め要求受付元リスト(図示は省略)として格納されている。尚、要求受付元リストの内容は、情報元からネットワークを介して配信された情報に基づいて更新されている。
 要求検出処理部56では、通信部41から取得した受信データが、要求受付元リストに含まれるデータであるか否かを判別し、存在していた場合には、受信データの内容と共に支払要求イベントIV5をイベント処理部67へ出力する。
(Request detection processing part)
The request detection processing unit 56 monitors the reception data of the communication unit 41, and notifies (outputs) the payment request event IV5 to the event processing unit 67 when the received data is information requesting card information. The request detection processing unit 56 manages information such as a payment processing system (such as the fee system 5), a card company, and a service that can accept payment processing by the mounted device 101 and the user. These pieces of information are stored in advance in the storage unit 170 as a request acceptance source list (not shown). Note that the content of the request reception source list is updated based on information distributed from the information source via the network.
The request detection processing unit 56 determines whether or not the received data acquired from the communication unit 41 is data included in the request reception source list. If the received data is present, the payment request event together with the content of the received data is present. IV5 is output to the event processing unit 67.
 (支払要求イベントIV5のイベントハンドラー)
 支払要求イベントIV5がイベント処理部67へ通知されると、その通知により処理がイベントハンドラーに移される。このイベントハンドラーでは、判定処理部159を実行し、装着機器101を装着しているユーザーが個人認証された結果が有効であるか、または無効であるかを判定する。
(Event handler for payment request event IV5)
When the payment request event IV5 is notified to the event processing unit 67, the processing is moved to the event handler by the notification. In this event handler, the determination processing unit 159 is executed to determine whether the result of personal authentication of the user wearing the wearing device 101 is valid or invalid.
 無効と判定された場合は、受信データの回答情報として、カード情報を送信することができないことを示すNG(No good)応答を送信する。 If it is determined to be invalid, an NG (No good) response indicating that the card information cannot be transmitted is transmitted as response information of the received data.
 有効と判定された場合は、受信データに応じた回答情報を生成し、通信部41を介して料金システム5へ送信する。回答情報は、例えば、受信データに特定のサービスが指定されていれば、個人情報テーブル172の列72Bに格納されるサービスの内容と一致する行のカード番号の情報になる。また、このとき、列72Eの継承UIDが参照される。例えば、個人認証されたユーザーがユーザーU2(UIDが「0002」)であり、結果が有効と判定された場合、個人情報テーブル172の列72Eに「0002」が存在している行72Gのカード情報を選択する。列72Eに格納されているUIDのユーザーは、同行に格納される情報を利用する権利を継承している。個人情報テーブル172の例では、行72Gのサービス「Aカード」、カード番号「01234567890123456789」のカード情報が選択される。このようにして、ユーザーU2が装着した装着機器101において、ユーザーU1から権利継承された継承時に、記憶部170に記憶されるユーザーU1のカード情報を利用する(料金システム5へ出力する)。尚、本イベントハンドラーによる機能は、認証部による個人認証の結果に基づく情報を出力する機能に相当する。
 尚、外部の料金システム5に出力する情報は、個人認証の結果に基づく情報のことであり、個人認証の結果の原データ(個人を特定したデータ)に限定するものではない。
 尚、受信データの内容や送受信手順は、カード会社やサービスなどの取り決めに依存するため、それぞれの会社やサービスに対応する内容および送受信手順が適用される。
If it is determined to be valid, response information corresponding to the received data is generated and transmitted to the fee system 5 via the communication unit 41. For example, if a specific service is designated in the received data, the response information is information on a card number in a row that matches the content of the service stored in the column 72B of the personal information table 172. At this time, the inherited UID in the column 72E is referenced. For example, when the personally authenticated user is the user U2 (UID is “0002”) and the result is determined to be valid, the card information of the row 72G in which “0002” exists in the column 72E of the personal information table 172 Select. The user of the UID stored in the column 72E has inherited the right to use the information stored in the same row. In the example of the personal information table 172, the card information of the service “A card” and the card number “01234567890123456789” in the row 72G is selected. In this way, in the mounted device 101 worn by the user U2, the card information of the user U1 stored in the storage unit 170 is used (output to the charge system 5) when the right is inherited from the user U1. The function of this event handler corresponds to a function of outputting information based on the result of personal authentication by the authentication unit.
The information output to the external fee system 5 is information based on the result of personal authentication, and is not limited to original data (data specifying an individual) as a result of personal authentication.
In addition, since the content of the received data and the transmission / reception procedure depend on the agreement of the card company and the service, the content and the transmission / reception procedure corresponding to each company and service are applied.
 (認証処理部)
 認証処理部57は、ユーザーにより装着機器101が装着された場合に、実施形態1と同様に個人認証処理を行う。尚、認証処理部57は、認証部に相当する。
(Authentication processing part)
The authentication processing unit 57 performs personal authentication processing in the same manner as in the first embodiment when the mounting device 101 is mounted by the user. Note that the authentication processing unit 57 corresponds to an authentication unit.
 (判定処理部)
 判定処理部159は、料金システム5などの支払い処理システムから支払要求を受信した場合に、装着機器101を装着しているユーザーの個人認証の結果が有効であるか、無効であるかを判定する。判定処理部159は、支払要求イベントIV5の通知により実行されるイベントハンドラーから呼び出されて実現される機能部である。判定処理部159は、結果データ185を参照して以下の(手順1)~(手順3)により判定結果を出力する。
 結果データ185のデータを1行ずつ内部変数に読み込む。   ・・・(手順1)
 列85A(UID)が「NULL」でないことを判定する。・・・(手順2)
 列85B(照合結果)が「1」かつ列85D(有効フラグ)が「1」であるか判定する。・・・(手順3)
 手順1は、記憶部170から内部変数への読み込み処理、手順2は内部変数と「NULL」との比較処理、手順2が成立すると、手順3の処理へ進み、手順3では内部変数と数値「1」との比較処理が行われる。手順3が成立した場合に、該当するUIDのユーザーが個人認証され、その結果は有効であると判定する。手順2または手順3が成立しなかった場合では、ユーザーの個人認証の結果が、無効であると判定する。
 このように、手順1~手順3を実現するための処理ステップは一定のステップ数で実現でき、処理時間はCPUの処理速度(MIPS(Million instructions per second))に基づいて算出可能であり一定である。
 尚、上述した判定処理部159では、判定処理部159にて、個人認証が有効か無効かの最終判定まで行っている例を示しているが、必ずしも、この例に限定されるものではなく、判定処理部159は、個人認証が有効か無効かの最終判定を行うために必要な情報を出力するような処理であってもかまわない。この場合は、判定処理部159の処理に基づいて、外部の端末である料金システム5によって、個人認証が有効か無効かの最終判定が行われる。個人認証の最終判定が、装着機器101の内部で行われる場合でも、装着機器101の外部機器である料金システム5で行われる場合でも、判定処理部159に基づいて、個人認証が有効か無効かの判定が行われることには変わりがない。
 従って、上述した判定処理部159の情報処理によって、装着機器101では、料金システム5から支払要求された場合に、ユーザーが装着機器101を装着した状態であれば、都度の個人認証処理を行わずに照合結果を判定することができ、支払要求に対して速やかに回答処理を行うことができる。
 尚、判定処理部159は、判定処理部に相当する。
(Judgment processing part)
When the determination processing unit 159 receives a payment request from a payment processing system such as the fee system 5, the determination processing unit 159 determines whether the personal authentication result of the user wearing the wearing device 101 is valid or invalid. . The determination processing unit 159 is a functional unit that is implemented by being called from an event handler that is executed by notification of the payment request event IV5. The determination processing unit 159 refers to the result data 185 and outputs a determination result by the following (procedure 1) to (procedure 3).
The data of the result data 185 is read into the internal variable line by line. ... (Procedure 1)
It is determined that the column 85A (UID) is not “NULL”. ... (Procedure 2)
It is determined whether the column 85B (collation result) is “1” and the column 85D (valid flag) is “1”. ... (Procedure 3)
The procedure 1 is a process of reading from the storage unit 170 to the internal variable, the procedure 2 is a comparison process of the internal variable and “NULL”, and if the procedure 2 is established, the process proceeds to the process of the procedure 3. In the procedure 3, the internal variable and the numerical value “ Comparison processing with “1” is performed. When the procedure 3 is established, the user of the corresponding UID is personally authenticated, and the result is determined to be valid. When the procedure 2 or the procedure 3 is not established, it is determined that the result of the user personal authentication is invalid.
In this way, the processing steps for realizing the procedures 1 to 3 can be realized with a fixed number of steps, and the processing time can be calculated based on the CPU processing speed (MIPS (Million instructions per second)) and is constant. is there.
In the above-described determination processing unit 159, an example is shown in which the determination processing unit 159 performs the final determination whether the personal authentication is valid or invalid. However, the determination processing unit 159 is not necessarily limited to this example. The determination processing unit 159 may be a process that outputs information necessary to make a final determination as to whether personal authentication is valid or invalid. In this case, based on the processing of the determination processing unit 159, the fee system 5 that is an external terminal makes a final determination as to whether the personal authentication is valid or invalid. Whether the personal authentication is valid or invalid based on the determination processing unit 159 regardless of whether the final determination of the personal authentication is performed inside the mounted device 101 or the fee system 5 that is an external device of the mounted device 101. There is no change in the determination.
Therefore, according to the information processing of the determination processing unit 159 described above, when the payment request is received from the charge system 5 in the mounting device 101, if the user wears the mounting device 101, the individual personal authentication process is not performed. Thus, the verification result can be determined and the reply process can be promptly performed for the payment request.
The determination processing unit 159 corresponds to a determination processing unit.
 (受付処理部および告知処理部)
 受付処理部61および告知処理部63は、実施形態1と同様に一対で機能する機能部である。
 本実施形態では、装着解除フラグが設定された状態で、非装着イベントIV3がイベント処理部67へ通知されると、その通知により実行されるイベントハンドラーでは、結果データ185の列85D(図17)の有効フラグを「0」に更新する。つまり、個人認証された結果は無効になる。尚、本処理フローは上述した図12に示すフローと同様である。
(Reception Processing Department and Notification Processing Department)
The reception processing unit 61 and the notification processing unit 63 are functional units that function as a pair as in the first embodiment.
In this embodiment, when the non-mounting event IV3 is notified to the event processing unit 67 in a state where the mounting release flag is set, the event handler executed by the notification causes the column 85D of the result data 185 (FIG. 17). Is updated to “0”. That is, the result of personal authentication is invalid. This processing flow is the same as the flow shown in FIG.
 (継承処理部)
 継承処理部69は、個人認証されたユーザー(ユーザーU1)の情報を保有する装着機器101の使用権利を他のユーザー(ユーザーU2)へ継承する手続を行う。
 制御部150は、操作部37と表示部31を制御して、所定操作が行われると継承イベントIV7をイベント処理部67へ通知する。
(Inheritance processing part)
The inheritance processing unit 69 performs a procedure of inheriting the right to use the mounted device 101 that holds the personally authenticated user (user U1) information to another user (user U2).
The control unit 150 controls the operation unit 37 and the display unit 31 to notify the event processing unit 67 of the inherited event IV7 when a predetermined operation is performed.
 (継承イベントIV7のイベントハンドラー/継承処理部)
 継承イベントIV7がイベント処理部67へ通知されると、その通知によりイベントハンドラーに処理が移される。このイベントハンドラーが実行されると、継承処理部69の機能が実現される。
 継承処理部69は、継承受付部に相当し、装着機器101の権利継承指示をユーザー(ユーザーU1)から受け付ける。具体的には、継承処理部69は、ユーザーU1により継承先のユーザー(ユーザーU2)を選択させる継承先指定画面および継承情報を指定する継承情報指定画面を表示部31へ出力する。また、継承処理部69は、操作部37を制御して、ユーザーU1により選択された操作信号を取得する。
 図22は、継承先指定画面の一例を示す図である。図23は、継承情報指定画面の一例を示す図である。継承先指定画面(画面D10)および継承情報指定画面(画面D20)は、表示部31に表示される画面であり、画面D10の操作の後で画面D20が表示される。操作部37により表示される選択メニューを選択することができる。
(Inheritance event IV7 event handler / inheritance processing section)
When the inherited event IV7 is notified to the event processing unit 67, the process is moved to the event handler by the notification. When this event handler is executed, the function of the inheritance processing unit 69 is realized.
The inheritance processing unit 69 corresponds to an inheritance accepting unit, and accepts a right inheritance instruction of the mounted device 101 from a user (user U1). Specifically, the inheritance processing unit 69 outputs to the display unit 31 an inheritance destination designation screen that allows the user U1 to select an inheritance destination user (user U2) and an inheritance information designation screen that designates inheritance information. Further, the inheritance processing unit 69 controls the operation unit 37 to acquire the operation signal selected by the user U1.
FIG. 22 is a diagram illustrating an example of the inheritance destination designation screen. FIG. 23 is a diagram illustrating an example of the inheritance information designation screen. The inheritance destination designation screen (screen D10) and the inheritance information designation screen (screen D20) are screens displayed on the display unit 31, and the screen D20 is displayed after the operation of the screen D10. A selection menu displayed by the operation unit 37 can be selected.
 継承処理部69は、登録認証データ81および個人情報テーブル172を参照して、装着機器101を装着しているユーザー以外のUIDと、そのUIDの名前等の関連情報を取得する。取得したUIDおよび名前を用いて画面D10を生成する。画面D10では、選択メニューの1行目にユーザーU2を示すUID「0002」、名前「ABC」が表示され、2行目に「指定全解除」が表示されている。また、決定を示す「OK」ボタンが表示されている。ユーザーU1により、UID「0002」、名前「ABC」が選択されると、同行は反転表示され(図示は省略)、「OK」が選択されることにより、継承先はユーザーU2に決定される。「指定全解除」が選択されると、継承先の指定は解除される。
 継承処理部69は、UID「0002」を内部変数に格納する。
The inheritance processing unit 69 refers to the registration authentication data 81 and the personal information table 172, and acquires UIDs other than the user wearing the wearing device 101 and related information such as the name of the UID. A screen D10 is generated using the acquired UID and name. On the screen D10, the UID “0002” and the name “ABC” indicating the user U2 are displayed on the first line of the selection menu, and “Release All” is displayed on the second line. In addition, an “OK” button indicating the determination is displayed. When the user U1 selects the UID “0002” and the name “ABC”, the row is highlighted (not shown), and “OK” is selected, whereby the inheritance destination is determined to the user U2. When “cancel all specified” is selected, the designation of the inheritance destination is cancelled.
The inheritance processing unit 69 stores the UID “0002” in the internal variable.
 継承処理部69は、個人情報テーブル172を参照して、装着機器101を装着しているユーザー(ユーザーU1、UID「0001」)の情報を読み込み、画面D20を生成する。画面D20では、選択メニューの1行目にサービス「Aカード」、カード番号「01234567890123456789」が、2行目にサービス「マイナンバー」、カード番号「000011112222」がそれぞれ表示されている。また、決定を示す「OK」ボタンと取り消しを示す「キャンセル」ボタンとが表示されている。ユーザーU1の操作により継承するサービスが選択されると、選択されたサービスの行は反転表示され(図示は省略)、「OK」が選択されることにより、ユーザーU2に継承するサービスが決定される。継承処理部69は、個人情報テーブル172の列72E(継承UID)に決定されたサービスに該当する行に継承先のUIDを格納する。また、選択メニューで非選択となったメニューに対応するサービスに該当する行の列72E(継承UID)は「NULL」に更新される。個人情報テーブル172の例では、画面D20の選択メニューの1行目および2行目の両方が選択された状態を示し、列72Eの行72Gおよび行72HにUID「0002」が格納されている。
 また、継承処理部69では、画面D10において、「指定全解除」が選択、決定された場合は、個人情報テーブル172の列72Eに格納されているUIDを全て「NULL」に更新する。
The inheritance processing unit 69 refers to the personal information table 172, reads the information of the user (user U1, UID “0001”) wearing the mounted device 101, and generates a screen D20. On the screen D20, the service “A card” and the card number “01234567890123456789” are displayed on the first line of the selection menu, and the service “My number” and the card number “000011112222” are displayed on the second line. In addition, an “OK” button indicating determination and a “Cancel” button indicating cancellation are displayed. When a service to be inherited is selected by the operation of the user U1, the row of the selected service is highlighted (not shown), and “OK” is selected to determine the service to be inherited by the user U2. . The inheritance processing unit 69 stores the inheritance destination UID in the row corresponding to the service determined in the column 72E (inheritance UID) of the personal information table 172. Further, the column 72E (inherited UID) corresponding to the service corresponding to the menu not selected in the selected menu is updated to “NULL”. The example of the personal information table 172 shows a state where both the first and second rows of the selection menu on the screen D20 are selected, and the UID “0002” is stored in the rows 72G and 72H of the column 72E.
Further, in the inheritance processing unit 69, when “cancel all designated” is selected and determined on the screen D10, all the UIDs stored in the column 72E of the personal information table 172 are updated to “NULL”.
 (記憶部)
 記憶部170は、ROM(Read Only Memory)やフラッシュROM、RAM(Random Access Memory)、FeRAM(登録商標)(Ferroelectric RAM)等の記憶装置によって構成され、制御部150の各機能部を実現するための制御プログラムを含む各種プログラム(図示は省略)、データ等を記憶している。また、各種処理の処理中データ、変数、フラグの値、および処理結果などを一時的に記憶するワークエリアを有する。
 記憶部170には、個人情報テーブル172、登録認証データ81、取得認証データ83、結果データ185などが格納されている。
 個人情報テーブル172は、個人情報データ73とカード情報データ75とを含み、上述したように初期登録部65により格納されたユーザーを含むユーザーの個人情報データ73とカード情報データ75とが格納されている。
 登録認証データ81には、上述したように初期登録部65により登録されたユーザーを含むユーザーの特徴点データが格納されている。
 取得認証データ83には、上述したように認証処理部57により算出された特徴点データが格納されている。
 結果データ185には、上述したように装着機器101に個人認証されたユーザーのUIDと、照合結果、照合時刻、有効フラグが格納されている。
(Memory part)
The storage unit 170 is configured by a storage device such as a ROM (Read Only Memory), a flash ROM, a RAM (Random Access Memory), or a FeRAM (registered trademark) (Ferroelectric RAM), and implements each functional unit of the control unit 150. Various programs (not shown) including the control program, data, and the like are stored. In addition, it has a work area for temporarily storing data being processed, variables, flag values, processing results, and the like of various processes.
The storage unit 170 stores a personal information table 172, registration authentication data 81, acquisition authentication data 83, result data 185, and the like.
The personal information table 172 includes personal information data 73 and card information data 75. The personal information data 73 and card information data 75 of the user including the user stored by the initial registration unit 65 as described above are stored. Yes.
The registration authentication data 81 stores feature point data of users including users registered by the initial registration unit 65 as described above.
The acquired authentication data 83 stores the feature point data calculated by the authentication processing unit 57 as described above.
As described above, the result data 185 stores the UID of the user who is personally authenticated by the mounted device 101, the verification result, the verification time, and the valid flag.
 (電力発現部)
 尚、実施形態1と同様に装着機器101には、電力発現部(図示は省略)が備えられていてもよい。
(Power generation part)
Note that, similarly to the first embodiment, the mounting device 101 may include a power generating unit (not shown).
 (メイン制御処理のフロー)
 図18は、メイン制御処理の流れを示すフローチャートである。以降、図18を中心に適宜、各図を交えて説明する。尚、以下のフローは、メイン制御処理のフローであり制御部150が記憶部170に記憶されている制御プログラム(図示は省略)に基づいて制御部150が装着部10や生体情報検出部20を含む各部を制御することにより実行される。
(Main control processing flow)
FIG. 18 is a flowchart showing the flow of the main control process. Hereinafter, description will be made with reference to FIGS. The following flow is a flow of main control processing. The control unit 150 controls the mounting unit 10 and the biological information detection unit 20 based on a control program (not shown) stored in the storage unit 170. It is executed by controlling each part to be included.
 ステップS10は、初期登録処理を行う。本処理は、実施形態1と同様に図8に示すフローにおいて詳細を説明する。初期登録処理が実行されると、個人情報テーブル172および登録認証データ81にユーザーの情報が格納される。 Step S10 performs an initial registration process. This process will be described in detail in the flow shown in FIG. 8 as in the first embodiment. When the initial registration process is executed, user information is stored in the personal information table 172 and the registration authentication data 81.
 ステップS20は、イベント処理を登録する。イベント駆動方式のプログラミングに必要となる各種イベントの定義、それぞれのイベントに対応するイベントハンドラーが起動されるように設定する。ここでは、以降のステップで利用する装着イベントIV1、非装着イベントIV3、支払要求イベントIV5、継承イベントIV7のイベントが定義され、それぞれのイベントに対応するイベントハンドラーが設定される。 Step S20 registers event processing. Define various events required for event-driven programming, and set event handlers corresponding to each event to be activated. Here, mounting event IV1, non-mounting event IV3, payment request event IV5, and inheritance event IV7 used in the subsequent steps are defined, and event handlers corresponding to the respective events are set.
 ステップS30は、イベント処理ループである。各種イベントの発生に応じて、それぞれのイベントハンドラー(ステップS45,S50,S65,S70)が実行される。イベントはキューウイングされ、イベントハンドラーはそれぞれのイベントが発生した順(一部の緊急用イベントは優先される)に実行される。イベントハンドラーの処理が終わると、本ステップに戻り、イベントの発生を待つ。 Step S30 is an event processing loop. Each event handler (steps S45, S50, S65, S70) is executed in response to the occurrence of various events. Events are queued and event handlers are executed in the order in which each event occurs (some emergency events have priority). When the event handler process is completed, the process returns to this step and waits for an event to occur.
 ステップS45は、装着イベントIV1のイベントが発生した場合に処理されるイベントハンドラーであり、装着イベント処理を行う。処理の詳細は図19に示すフローにおいて説明する。本処理が実行されると、取得認証データ83が生成され、登録認証データ81と取得認証データ83と照合した結果が、結果データ185に格納される。 Step S45 is an event handler that is processed when the event of the mounting event IV1 occurs, and performs mounting event processing. Details of the processing will be described in the flow shown in FIG. When this process is executed, the acquisition authentication data 83 is generated, and the result of matching the registration authentication data 81 and the acquisition authentication data 83 is stored in the result data 185.
 ステップS50は、非装着イベントIV3のイベントが発生した場合に処理されるイベントハンドラーであり、非装着イベント処理を行う。処理の詳細は実施形態1と同様に図10に示すフローにおいて説明する。本処理が実行されると、結果データ185の照合結果が無効であることを記録する。 Step S50 is an event handler that is processed when an event of the non-wearing event IV3 occurs, and performs non-wearing event processing. Details of the processing will be described in the flow shown in FIG. 10 as in the first embodiment. When this processing is executed, it is recorded that the collation result of the result data 185 is invalid.
 ステップS65は、支払要求イベントIV5のイベントが発生した場合に処理されるイベントハンドラーであり、認証リクエスト処理を行う。処理の詳細は図20に示すフローにおいて説明する。本処理が実行されると、結果データ185の照合結果が一致し、かつ有効である場合は、カード情報などを送信する。 Step S65 is an event handler that is processed when an event of the payment request event IV5 occurs, and performs an authentication request process. Details of the processing will be described in the flow shown in FIG. When this processing is executed, if the collation result of the result data 185 matches and is valid, card information and the like are transmitted.
 ステップS70は、継承イベントIV7のイベントが発生した場合に処理されるイベントハンドラーであり、継承イベント処理を行う。処理の詳細は図21に示すフローにおいて説明する。本処理が実行されると、継承先指定画面(画面D10)および継承情報指定画面(画面D20)が表示部31に表示され、個人情報テーブル172の列72Eに継承UIDが格納される。 Step S70 is an event handler that is processed when an event of the inheritance event IV7 occurs, and performs inheritance event processing. Details of the processing will be described in the flow shown in FIG. When this process is executed, the inheritance destination designation screen (screen D10) and the inheritance information designation screen (screen D20) are displayed on the display unit 31, and the inheritance UID is stored in the column 72E of the personal information table 172.
 (初期登録処理のフロー)
 図8は、初期登録処理の流れを示すフローチャートである。本フローは、図18に示したメイン制御処理のステップS10の処理の詳細である。
(Initial registration process flow)
FIG. 8 is a flowchart showing the flow of the initial registration process. This flow is the detail of the process of step S10 of the main control process shown in FIG.
 ステップS110では、個人情報を登録する。本実施形態では、装着機器101を利用するユーザーの個人情報データ73、カード情報データ75を取得し、個人情報テーブル172に格納する。
 ステップS120では、撮像画像を取得する。撮像センサー21を制御して、ユーザーの静脈画像を取得する。
 ステップS130では、認証データを生成し登録する。静脈画像から静脈パターンの特徴点データを算出し、登録認証データ81に登録(格納)する。登録認証データ81に登録された特徴点データは、同ユーザーの個体を識別する特徴点データである。
In step S110, personal information is registered. In the present embodiment, personal information data 73 and card information data 75 of the user who uses the mounted device 101 are acquired and stored in the personal information table 172.
In step S120, a captured image is acquired. The imaging sensor 21 is controlled to acquire a user's vein image.
In step S130, authentication data is generated and registered. The feature point data of the vein pattern is calculated from the vein image and registered (stored) in the registration authentication data 81. The feature point data registered in the registration authentication data 81 is feature point data for identifying the individual of the user.
 (装着イベント処理のフロー)
 図19は、装着イベント処理の流れを示すフローチャートである。本フローは、図18に示したメイン制御処理のステップS45の処理の詳細である。
(Installation event processing flow)
FIG. 19 is a flowchart showing the flow of the mounting event process. This flow is the detail of the process of step S45 of the main control process shown in FIG.
 ステップS210では、撮像画像を取得する。詳しくは、撮像センサー21を制御して、ユーザーの静脈画像を取得する。
 ステップS220では、認証データを生成し格納する。静脈画像から静脈パターンの特徴点データを算出し、取得認証データ83に格納する。
In step S210, a captured image is acquired. Specifically, the imaging sensor 21 is controlled to acquire a user's vein image.
In step S220, authentication data is generated and stored. The feature point data of the vein pattern is calculated from the vein image and stored in the acquisition authentication data 83.
 ステップS230では、取得認証データ83と登録認証データ81とを照合する。詳しくは、取得認証データ83に格納されている特徴点データを、登録認証データ81に格納されている特徴点データと比較照合する。具体的には、両者の特徴点データ群の相関係数を算出する。
 ステップS240では、照合結果が一致したか否かを判定する。詳しくは、ステップS230で算出した相関係数が所定値以上であった場合は、照合結果が一致した(Yes)と判定し、ステップS250へ進み、所定値未満であった場合は、照合結果が一致しなかった(No)と判定し、ステップS260へ進む。尚、登録認証データ81に複数のユーザーの特徴点データが登録されている場合は、登録認証データ81の特徴点データをユーザー毎に切り替えてステップS230,S240の処理を繰り返す。
 ステップS250では、結果データ185に、一致した登録認証データ81のUIDを格納する。詳しくは、ステップS240により一致した特徴点データを有するUIDを登録認証データ81から取得し、結果データ185に、そのUIDを格納し、照合結果に「1」、照合時刻、有効フラグに「1」をそれぞれ格納する。
 ステップS260では、結果データ185を初期化する。詳しくは、結果データ185に格納されているUIDの情報を消去する。具体的には、UIDの情報を「NULL」に更新し、照合結果を「0」、照合時刻を「NULL」、有効フラグを「0」に変更する。結果データ185は、支払要求イベントIV5のイベントハンドラー(ステップS65、ステップS410~S450)によって参照されるため、このような初期化によって、装着機器101を装着したユーザーが予め登録されていない場合には、カード情報を送信することが無いようにガードされている。
In step S230, the acquisition authentication data 83 and the registration authentication data 81 are collated. Specifically, the feature point data stored in the acquisition authentication data 83 is compared with the feature point data stored in the registration authentication data 81. Specifically, a correlation coefficient between both feature point data groups is calculated.
In step S240, it is determined whether or not the collation results match. Specifically, if the correlation coefficient calculated in step S230 is greater than or equal to a predetermined value, it is determined that the collation results match (Yes), and the process proceeds to step S250. If the correlation coefficient is less than the predetermined value, the collation result is It is determined that they do not match (No), and the process proceeds to step S260. If feature point data of a plurality of users are registered in the registration authentication data 81, the feature point data of the registration authentication data 81 is switched for each user, and the processes in steps S230 and S240 are repeated.
In step S250, the matching UID of the registration authentication data 81 is stored in the result data 185. More specifically, the UID having the matched feature point data is acquired from the registration authentication data 81 in step S240, the UID is stored in the result data 185, the collation result is “1”, the collation time, and the valid flag is “1”. Is stored respectively.
In step S260, the result data 185 is initialized. Specifically, the UID information stored in the result data 185 is deleted. Specifically, the UID information is updated to “NULL”, the collation result is changed to “0”, the collation time is “NULL”, and the valid flag is changed to “0”. Since the result data 185 is referred to by the event handler (step S65, steps S410 to S450) of the payment request event IV5, when the user who wears the wearing device 101 is not registered in advance by such initialization, It is guarded so that card information is not transmitted.
 ステップS270では、継承の有無を判定し、継承ありと判定された場合(Yes)は、ステップS280へ進み、継承なしと判定された場合(No)は、ステップS290へ進む。継承の有無の判定は、ステップS250において取得したUIDが、個人情報テーブル172の列72Eに格納されているUIDと一致するものが存在している場合は、継承ありと判定し、存在しない場合は継承なしと判定する。
 ステップS280では、個人情報テーブル172の継承UID(列72E)の情報を参照可とする。具体的には、ステップS270において個人情報テーブル172の列72Eに格納されたUIDと一致した行の情報を内部変数に読み込む。
 ステップS285では、継承元のUIDの情報を表示する。詳しくは、ステップS280において読み込んだ内部変数から列72Aに格納されていたUIDと関連する情報を生成し、表示部31へ出力する。また、合わせて継承されたサービスやカード番号等を表示してもよい。
 ステップS290では、継承されていない旨の情報(非継承情報)を表示する。例えば、「この装着機器は、誰からも継承されていません」を表示する。
In step S270, the presence / absence of inheritance is determined. If it is determined that there is inheritance (Yes), the process proceeds to step S280. If it is determined that there is no inheritance (No), the process proceeds to step S290. The presence / absence of inheritance is determined by determining that there is inheritance when the UID acquired in step S250 matches the UID stored in the column 72E of the personal information table 172. It is determined that there is no inheritance.
In step S280, the information on the inherited UID (column 72E) in the personal information table 172 can be referred to. Specifically, in step S270, information on a row that matches the UID stored in the column 72E of the personal information table 172 is read into an internal variable.
In step S285, the inheritance source UID information is displayed. Specifically, information related to the UID stored in the column 72A is generated from the internal variable read in step S280, and is output to the display unit 31. Also, the inherited service, card number, etc. may be displayed.
In step S290, information indicating that it is not inherited (non-inherited information) is displayed. For example, “This device is not inherited by anyone” is displayed.
 このようなステップS270~S290に示すフローにより、ユーザーが装着機器101を装着して個人認証されたあとで、他のユーザーから権利が継承されている場合は、装着時にその内容を確認することができる。例えば、ユーザーU2が装着機器101を装着した時に、ユーザーU1から権利が継承されている場合は、ステップS285の処理によって、「この装着機器は、UID「0001」のXYZさんから継承されています」(XYZは、ユーザーU1の名前)が表示される。 According to the flow shown in steps S270 to S290, if the right is inherited from another user after the user wears the wearing device 101 and is personally authenticated, the contents can be confirmed at the time of wearing. it can. For example, if the right is inherited from the user U1 when the user U2 wears the wearing device 101, “this wearing device has been inherited from Mr. XYZ with the UID“ 0001 ”” by the process of step S285. (XYZ is the name of the user U1) is displayed.
 (非装着イベント処理のフロー)
 図10は、非装着イベント処理の流れを示すフローチャートである。本フローは、図18に示したメイン制御処理のステップS50の処理の詳細である。
(Non-wearing event process flow)
FIG. 10 is a flowchart showing the flow of the non-wearing event process. This flow is the detail of the process of step S50 of the main control process shown in FIG.
 本実施形態のステップS310では、結果データ185へデータを書き込む。詳しくは、結果データ185にUIDが存在して(「NULL」ではなく)いる場合に、有効フラグを「0」に変更する。つまり、個人認証された結果は無効になる。
 結果データ185の有効フラグの内容は、支払要求イベントIV5のイベントハンドラーによって参照され、有効フラグが「1」でない場合は、カード情報が送信されることはない。つまり、本ステップにより、装着機器101が非装着状態では、カード情報が送信されることがないように制御されている。
In step S310 of this embodiment, data is written to the result data 185. Specifically, if the UID exists in the result data 185 (not “NULL”), the valid flag is changed to “0”. That is, the result of personal authentication is invalid.
The content of the valid flag of the result data 185 is referred to by the event handler of the payment request event IV5. When the valid flag is not “1”, the card information is not transmitted. That is, by this step, the card information is controlled not to be transmitted when the mounted device 101 is not mounted.
 本実施形態においても図12に示す非装着イベント処理の流れを示すフローチャートにより、図10で行った処理の後で、装着解除指示を参照する場合のイベント処理を行うことができる。
 図12のフローにより、受付処理部61において、装着解除フラグが「ON」に設定されていない場合で、装着機器101が非装着(取り外された)の場合にアラート音を発生し、警告を促すことができる。
Also in this embodiment, the event processing when referring to the mounting release instruction can be performed after the processing performed in FIG. 10 by the flowchart showing the flow of the non-mounting event processing shown in FIG.
According to the flow of FIG. 12, in the reception processing unit 61, when the mounting release flag is not set to “ON” and the mounted device 101 is not mounted (removed), an alert sound is generated and a warning is prompted. be able to.
 (認証リクエスト処理のフロー)
 図20は、認証リクエスト処理の流れを示すフローチャートである。本フローは、図18に示したメイン制御処理のステップS65の処理の詳細である。
(Authentication request processing flow)
FIG. 20 is a flowchart showing the flow of the authentication request process. This flow is the detail of the process of step S65 of the main control process shown in FIG.
 ステップS410では、結果データ185を読み込む。詳しくは、結果データ185の内容を内部変数に読み込む。UID、照合結果、照合時刻、有効フラグが読み込まれる。 In step S410, the result data 185 is read. Specifically, the content of the result data 185 is read into an internal variable. The UID, verification result, verification time, and valid flag are read.
 ステップS420では、結果データ185にデータが存在するか否かが判定される。詳しくは、UIDが「NULL」でない場合には、データが存在すると判定し(Yes)、ステップS435へ進み、UIDが「NULL」である場合には、データが存在しないと判定し(No)、ステップS450へ進む。 In step S420, it is determined whether or not data exists in the result data 185. Specifically, if the UID is not “NULL”, it is determined that there is data (Yes), and the process proceeds to step S435. If the UID is “NULL”, it is determined that there is no data (No), Proceed to step S450.
 ステップS435では、照合結果が「1」かつ有効フラグが「1」であるUIDを取得する。尚、両者ともに「1」になるUIDが存在しない場合は、ステップS450へ進む(図示は省略)。 In step S435, a UID having a matching result “1” and a valid flag “1” is acquired. If there is no UID that is “1” for both, the process proceeds to step S450 (not shown).
 ステップS445では、個人情報テーブル172の継承UIDと取得したUIDが一致するカード情報を送信する。具体的には、ステップS270において個人情報テーブル172の列72Eに格納されたUIDと一致した行の情報を内部変数に読み込む。内部変数に含まれるカード情報を通信部41を介して料金システム5へ送信する。 In step S445, card information in which the inherited UID of the personal information table 172 matches the acquired UID is transmitted. Specifically, in step S270, information on a row that matches the UID stored in the column 72E of the personal information table 172 is read into an internal variable. The card information included in the internal variable is transmitted to the fee system 5 via the communication unit 41.
 ステップS450では、NG(No good)応答を送信する。詳しくは、カード情報を送信することができないことを示すNG応答を通信部41を介して料金システム5へ送信する。 In step S450, an NG (No good) response is transmitted. Specifically, an NG response indicating that the card information cannot be transmitted is transmitted to the fee system 5 via the communication unit 41.
 ステップS445およびステップS450において、カード情報およびNG応答を送信するとしているが、実際は、装着機器101および料金システム5において予め決められた通信方式、通信手順、送受信データの仕様に基づいて双方向で様々な情報が送受信されている。また、暗号化などセキュリティー上の対応も取られている。 In step S445 and step S450, the card information and the NG response are transmitted. Actually, however, the information is variously changed in both directions based on the communication method, communication procedure, and transmission / reception data specifications determined in advance in the mounted device 101 and the charge system 5. Information is being sent and received. Security measures such as encryption are also taken.
 (継承イベント処理のフロー)
 図21は、継承イベント処理の流れを示すフローチャートである。本フローは、図18に示したメイン制御処理のステップS70の処理(継承イベントIV7のイベントハンドラー)の詳細である。継承イベントIV7は、継承元であるユーザーU1の操作により発生するイベントである。
(Inheritance event processing flow)
FIG. 21 is a flowchart showing the flow of inheritance event processing. This flow is a detail of the process of step S70 of the main control process shown in FIG. 18 (event handler of inheritance event IV7). The inheritance event IV7 is an event generated by an operation of the user U1 who is the inheritance source.
 ステップS610では、継承先指定画面を表示する。画面D10(図22)は、継承先指定画面の一例である。選択メニューから選択された継承UIDの情報を取得する。
 ステップS620では、継承情報指定画面を表示する。画面D20(図23)は、継承情報指定画面の一例である。選択メニューから選択された継承情報を取得する。
 ステップS630では、個人情報テーブル172に継承UIDを格納する。詳しくは、個人情報テーブル172の列72Aの内容が継承元であるユーザーU1のUIDと一致する行、かつ、列72Bおよび列72Cの内容が取得した継承情報と一致する行、を選択し、その行の列72Eに取得した継承UIDの情報を格納する。
In step S610, an inheritance destination designation screen is displayed. Screen D10 (FIG. 22) is an example of the inheritance destination designation screen. Information on the inherited UID selected from the selection menu is acquired.
In step S620, an inheritance information designation screen is displayed. Screen D20 (FIG. 23) is an example of the inheritance information designation screen. Get inheritance information selected from the selection menu.
In step S630, the inherited UID is stored in the personal information table 172. Specifically, a row in which the content of the column 72A of the personal information table 172 matches the UID of the user U1 who is the inheritance source, and a row in which the content of the column 72B and the column 72C matches the acquired inheritance information is selected. The acquired inherited UID information is stored in the column 72E of the row.
 以上の図18から図21に示した各フローが処理されることにより、料金システム5から通信部41を介して支払要求を受信した場合に、支払要求イベントIV5が通知され対応するイベントハンドラーである認証リクエスト処理(ステップS65,S410~S450)の処理によって、カード情報が送信される。送信されるカード情報は、継承イベント処理(ステップS70,S610~S630)により継承元のユーザーU1から継承先のユーザーU2に継承する設定がされていれば、ユーザーU2が装着した装着機器101からユーザーU1のカード情報が送信される。また、継承イベント処理により継承する設定がされていなければ、装着機器101を装着したユーザーU2のカード情報が送信されることになる。このような継承イベント処理のフローによって、カード情報を切り替えて送信することができる。 When each flow shown in FIGS. 18 to 21 is processed, when a payment request is received from the fee system 5 via the communication unit 41, a payment request event IV5 is notified, and the corresponding event handler. Card information is transmitted by the processing of the authentication request processing (steps S65, S410 to S450). If the card information to be transmitted is set to be inherited from the inheritance source user U1 to the inheritance destination user U2 by the inheritance event process (steps S70, S610 to S630), the card information transmitted from the mounting device 101 worn by the user U2 to the user U1 card information is transmitted. If the inheritance event process is not set to be inherited, the card information of the user U2 wearing the wearing device 101 is transmitted. Card information can be switched and transmitted by such a flow of inherited event processing.
 以上述べたように、本実施形態に係わる装着機器101においては、以下の効果を得ることができる。
 装着部10および検出処理部52では、装着機器101の装着状態を検出している。具体的には、装着機器101が装着された場合に、装着イベントIV1が出力され、装着機器101が非装着された場合に、非装着イベントIV3が出力される。
 装着イベントIV1が出力されるとそのイベントハンドラーでは、認証処理部57を呼び出して装着機器101を装着しているユーザーU1の個人認証処理を行う。ユーザーU1が個人認証されたあとで、ユーザーU1の所定操作により継承処理部69の機能が実現可能になる。継承処理部69では、ユーザーU1の指定により継承先のユーザー(ユーザーU2)へ継承するための情報が設定される。継承処理部69による設定では、画面D10および画面D20などに示すように容易な設定画面および操作で設定可能である。
 その後、装着機器101がユーザーU2によって装着されると、装着イベントIV1によるイベントハンドラー(認証処理部57)によって、ユーザーU2の個人認証処理を行う。ユーザーU2が個人認証されると、装着機器101の表示部31には、ユーザーU1から継承された継承情報(ユーザーU1のカード情報など)が表示される(ステップS285)。その後、ユーザーU2に装着された装着機器101では、料金システム5からカード情報等が要求されると、支払要求イベントIV5のイベントハンドラーによりユーザーU1のカード情報を送信することができる。
 このようにして、装着機器101は、装着機器101により行われたユーザーU1の個人認証の結果を、容易な処理でかつ安全にユーザーU2へ継承することができる。
As described above, in the mounting device 101 according to the present embodiment, the following effects can be obtained.
The mounting unit 10 and the detection processing unit 52 detect the mounting state of the mounting device 101. Specifically, the mounting event IV1 is output when the mounting device 101 is mounted, and the non-mounting event IV3 is output when the mounting device 101 is not mounted.
When the mounting event IV1 is output, the event handler calls the authentication processing unit 57 to perform personal authentication processing of the user U1 wearing the mounting device 101. After the user U1 is personally authenticated, the function of the inheritance processing unit 69 can be realized by a predetermined operation of the user U1. In the inheritance processing unit 69, information for inheriting to the inheritance destination user (user U2) is set by the designation of the user U1. The setting by the inheritance processing unit 69 can be set by an easy setting screen and operation as shown in the screen D10 and the screen D20.
After that, when the wearing device 101 is worn by the user U2, personal authentication processing of the user U2 is performed by an event handler (authentication processing unit 57) based on the wearing event IV1. When the user U2 is personally authenticated, the inheritance information inherited from the user U1 (such as the card information of the user U1) is displayed on the display unit 31 of the mounted device 101 (step S285). After that, when the card system or the like is requested from the fee system 5, the mounting device 101 mounted on the user U2 can transmit the card information of the user U1 by the event handler of the payment request event IV5.
In this way, the wearing device 101 can pass down the result of the personal authentication of the user U1 performed by the wearing device 101 to the user U2 safely and easily.
 尚、本発明は上述した実施形態に限定されず、上述した実施形態に種々の変更や改良などを加えることが可能である。以下に、装着機器1を例に挙げて変形例を述べる。 Note that the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiment, and various modifications and improvements can be added to the above-described embodiment. In the following, modifications will be described with the mounted device 1 as an example.
 (変形例1)
 上述の実施形態による装着機器1では、料金システム5から支払要求を受信したケースを想定して例示したが、そのような支払要求などの用途に限定されない。例えば、マイナンバーを用いて資産情報などを閲覧する閲覧システムでは、装着機器1を装着したユーザーが閲覧システムの表示画面に近づくことによって、速やかにユーザーの資産情報などを表示することができる。このケースにおいて、装着機器1では、結果データ85の照合結果が「1」で有効フラグが「1」である場合は、閲覧システム側へマイナンバー情報を送信する。閲覧システムでは、装着機器1を装着したユーザーが個人認証された結果、マイナンバー情報を送信してきている状況を判定できるため、マイナンバーから引用される情報を表示する。このような閲覧システムにおいて装着機器1を利用可能にすることによって、市町村役場などの公共場所に設置される閲覧システムを効率よく利用させることができる。
(Modification 1)
In the mounting device 1 according to the above-described embodiment, the case where a payment request is received from the fee system 5 is exemplified, but the application is not limited to such a payment request. For example, in a browsing system that browses asset information and the like using My Number, the user wearing the mounting device 1 can quickly display the user's asset information and the like by approaching the display screen of the browsing system. In this case, when the collation result of the result data 85 is “1” and the valid flag is “1”, the wearing device 1 transmits my number information to the browsing system side. In the browsing system, as a result of personal authentication of the user wearing the wearing device 1, it is possible to determine the situation in which my number information is being transmitted, so information quoted from the my number is displayed. By making the mounted device 1 available in such a browsing system, the browsing system installed in a public place such as a municipal office can be used efficiently.
 (変形例2)
 上述の実施形態および変形例において、認証処理部57は、撮像センサー21から静脈画像を取得して個人認証処理をするとしているが、個人認証処理はこのような方法に限定されない。個人認証処理は、例えば、脈波形、動脈画像、非侵襲で計測可能な血液組成分値やそれらの組み合わせなど、を取得して行われてもよい。
(Modification 2)
In the above-described embodiment and modification, the authentication processing unit 57 acquires a vein image from the imaging sensor 21 and performs personal authentication processing. However, the personal authentication processing is not limited to such a method. The personal authentication process may be performed by acquiring, for example, a pulse waveform, an arterial image, a blood composition value that can be measured non-invasively, a combination thereof, and the like.
 (変形例3)
 上述の実施形態および変形例において、装着機器1は手首の周囲に装着するとしていたが、装着機器1は手首以外の部位に装着される機器であってもよい。その変形例を図を参照して次に説明する。図24~図28は、変形例にかかる装着機器の利用形態の概要を表す説明図である。
(Modification 3)
In the above-described embodiment and modification, the wearing device 1 is worn around the wrist, but the wearing device 1 may be a device worn on a portion other than the wrist. The modification will be described next with reference to the drawings. 24 to 28 are explanatory diagrams showing an outline of a usage form of the mounted device according to the modification.
 (1)指輪型または指サック型の装着機器
 本変形例の装着機器は、装着部のバンドを、手または足の指の周囲に巻いて装着する、指輪型または指サック型とすることができる。例えば、図24に示す指輪型の装着機器1Aは、装着部10Aのバンド11Aを手の指の周囲に巻いて装着する。すると、生体情報検出部20は、撮像センサー21により、指の血管画像を取得し、血管パターンにより個人認証処理を行う。生体センサー23により、脈波形が個人認証処理に用いられてもよい。指の指紋画像や指中腹の皺画像を取得し、指紋パターンや皺パターンにより個人認証処理を行う。個人認証された後、バンド11Aが外されるまでの間は、有効フラグが「1」である。
(1) Ring-type or finger-sack-type mounting device The mounting device according to this modification can be a ring-type or finger-sack type in which a band of the mounting part is mounted around a hand or a toe. . For example, the ring-type mounting device 1A shown in FIG. 24 is mounted by winding the band 11A of the mounting portion 10A around the fingers of the hand. Then, the biometric information detection unit 20 acquires a blood vessel image of the finger by the imaging sensor 21, and performs personal authentication processing using the blood vessel pattern. The pulse waveform may be used for personal authentication processing by the biometric sensor 23. A fingerprint image of a finger or a heel image of the middle of a finger is acquired, and personal authentication processing is performed using a fingerprint pattern or a heel pattern. The validity flag is “1” until the band 11A is removed after the personal authentication.
 (2)眼鏡型の装着機器
 本変形例の装着機器は、装着部を眼鏡のフレームとして顔に装着する、眼鏡型とすることができる。例えば、図25に示す眼鏡型の装着機器1Bは、装着部10Bを顔に装着する。すると、生体情報検出部20は、撮像センサー21により瞳を撮像し、網膜の毛細血管画像や虹彩画像を取得し、毛細血管パターンや虹彩パターンにより個人認証処理を行う。個人認証された後、装着部10Bであるフレームが顔から外されるまでの間は、有効フラグが「1」である。
(2) Glasses-type wearing device The wearing device of this modification can be a glasses-type device in which the wearing unit is worn on the face as a frame of glasses. For example, the spectacle-type wearing device 1B shown in FIG. 25 wears the wearing unit 10B on the face. Then, the biometric information detection unit 20 captures the pupil by the imaging sensor 21, acquires a capillary blood vessel image or iris image of the retina, and performs personal authentication processing using the capillary blood vessel pattern or iris pattern. After the personal authentication, the validity flag is “1” until the frame which is the wearing unit 10B is removed from the face.
 (3)手袋型の装着機器
 本変形例の装着機器は、装着部を手または掌に装着する、手袋型または掌装着型とすることができる。例えば、図26に示す手袋型の装着機器1Cは、装着部10Cを手に装着すると、生体情報検出部20は、撮像センサー21により、掌の皺を撮像した掌画像や静脈画像を取得し、掌の皺パターンや静脈パターンにより個人認証処理を行う。個人認証された後、装着部10Cが手から取り外されるまでの間は、有効フラグが「1」である。
(3) Glove-type wearing device The wearing device of this modification can be a glove-type or a palm-mounted type in which the mounting portion is mounted on the hand or palm. For example, in the glove-type wearing device 1C shown in FIG. 26, when the wearing unit 10C is worn on the hand, the biological information detection unit 20 acquires a palm image or a vein image obtained by imaging the palm of the palm by the imaging sensor 21. The personal authentication process is performed using the palm pattern or vein pattern. After the personal authentication, the validity flag is “1” until the mounting unit 10C is removed from the hand.
 (4)耳装着型の装着機器
 本変形例の装着機器は、装着部を耳に装着する、ヘッドフォン、イヤフォン、ピアスなどの形状をした耳装着型とすることができる。例えば、図27に示すピアス形状の装着機器1Dは、装着部10Dが耳に装着されると、生体情報検出部20は、撮像センサー21により耳の形状画像、耳たぶなどの静脈画像などを撮像し、耳の形状パターンや静脈パターンにより個人認証処理を行う。個人認証された後、装着部10Dが耳から外されるまでの間は、有効フラグが「1」である。
(4) Wearing device of ear wearing type The wearing device of this modification can be an ear wearing type in the shape of a headphone, an earphone, a pierced earring, or the like, in which the mounting portion is mounted on the ear. For example, in the pierce-shaped wearing device 1D shown in FIG. 27, when the wearing unit 10D is worn on the ear, the biological information detecting unit 20 takes an ear shape image, a vein image such as an earlobe, etc. by the imaging sensor 21. The personal authentication process is performed using the ear shape pattern and the vein pattern. After the personal authentication, the validity flag is “1” until the wearing unit 10D is removed from the ear.
 (5)着衣型の装着機器
 本変形例の装着機器は、装着部を身体に装着する、シャツ、セーター、パンツ、靴下などの形状をした着衣型とすることができる。例えば、図28に示すシャツ形状の装着機器1Eは、装着部10Eが身体に装着されると、生体情報検出部20は、撮像センサー21により身体の任意の部位の静脈画像、身体的な特徴画像(ほくろの位置や大きさなど)を撮像し、取得する。静脈パターンや身体の特徴パターンにより個人認証処理を行う。個人認証された後、装着機器1Eを脱ぐまでの間は、有効フラグが「1」である。
(5) Clothing-type wearing device The wearing device according to the present modification can be a clothing type in the shape of a shirt, sweater, pants, socks, or the like that wears the mounting portion on the body. For example, in the shirt-shaped wearing device 1E shown in FIG. 28, when the wearing unit 10E is worn on the body, the biological information detection unit 20 uses the imaging sensor 21 to capture a vein image or a physical feature image of any part of the body. (Mole's position, size, etc.) is captured and acquired. Personal authentication processing is performed based on vein patterns and body feature patterns. The validity flag is “1” until the device 1E is removed after the personal authentication.
 (変形例4)
 上述の実施形態および変形例において、装着部10は、開閉部12のON/OFF信号を監視して、検出処理部52が装着および非装着を検出するとしているがその構成に限らない。例えば、装着部10のバンド11は、ユーザーの手首の周囲を環状形状に装着される金属製のブレスレットなどである。装着部10は、更に調整部を備え、調整部は、バンド11の環状形状の周長を可変に調整可能なバンド押さえ部材である。尚、バンド押さえ部材は片開き式、両穴式、二重ロック式などのバックルであってもよい。調整部には、バンド11が手首に固定される周長を含む周長を計測する回転式の機構、一定長をカウントする光学センサー、またはバックルが折りたたまれたことを検出するスイッチセンサーなどの機構が備えられ、計測した周長を出力する。
(Modification 4)
In the embodiment and the modification described above, the mounting unit 10 monitors the ON / OFF signal of the opening / closing unit 12 and the detection processing unit 52 detects the mounting and non-mounting, but the configuration is not limited thereto. For example, the band 11 of the mounting portion 10 is a metal bracelet or the like that is mounted around the user's wrist in an annular shape. The mounting portion 10 further includes an adjustment portion, and the adjustment portion is a band pressing member that can variably adjust the circumferential length of the annular shape of the band 11. The band pressing member may be a buckle such as a single opening type, a double hole type, or a double lock type. The adjustment unit includes a rotary mechanism that measures the circumference including the circumference where the band 11 is fixed to the wrist, an optical sensor that counts a certain length, or a switch sensor that detects that the buckle is folded. Is provided, and the measured circumference is output.
 これらの機構を用いて、検出処理部52による装着および非装着するユーザーの検出性を高めることができる。
 詳しくは、初期登録部65は、ユーザーが装着機器1を手首に装着し個人認証処理を行う。そのとき、初期登録部65では、個人認証されたときの周長(装着状態の周長とする)を計測する。計測した装着状態の周長を記憶部70に記憶する。
By using these mechanisms, it is possible to improve the detectability of a user who wears and does not wear the detection processing unit 52.
Specifically, the initial registration unit 65 performs personal authentication processing when the user wears the wearing device 1 on the wrist. At that time, the initial registration unit 65 measures the circumference when personal authentication is performed (referred to as the circumference in the mounted state). The measured circumference of the mounted state is stored in the storage unit 70.
 検出処理部52(装着検出部53)は、調整部からバンド11の周長を取得し、記憶部70に記憶した装着状態の周長と同等になった場合に、装着機器1がユーザーの手首に装着されたと検出し、装着イベントIV1を出力する。尚、周長が同等になる判定は、装着時の誤差を加味して、バンド11の周長が、装着状態の周長よりも所定の長さ分(例えば、2mm)加えた長さより短い場合に同等とみなしている。
 その後、検出処理部52(非装着検出部55)は、計測したバンド11の周長が装着状態の周長よりも所定の長さ(例えば、2mm)以上であった場合に、装着機器1がユーザーの手首から外されたと検出し、非装着イベントIV3を出力する。
When the detection processing unit 52 (mounting detection unit 53) acquires the circumference of the band 11 from the adjustment unit and becomes equal to the circumference of the wearing state stored in the storage unit 70, the wearing device 1 detects the wrist of the user. Is detected, and a mounting event IV1 is output. The determination that the circumferences are the same is made when the circumference of the band 11 is shorter than the circumference added by a predetermined length (for example, 2 mm) than the circumference in the wearing state in consideration of errors at the time of wearing. Is considered equivalent.
After that, the detection processing unit 52 (non-mounting detection unit 55) determines that the mounting device 1 is in the case where the measured circumference of the band 11 is a predetermined length (for example, 2 mm) or more than the circumference of the wearing state. It detects that the user's wrist has been removed, and outputs a non-wearing event IV3.
 また、開閉部12に備えられる押圧センサーから出力された圧力データ(接触押圧)が、所定圧になった場合に、装着イベントIV1を出力してもよい。所定圧には、制御部50の初期登録部65の処理として、ユーザーが装着機器1を装着したときに取得した圧力データが登録される。所定圧はユーザーの手首の周囲や手首の弾力性により異なる圧力データとして取得することができる。 Further, the mounting event IV1 may be output when the pressure data (contact pressing) output from the pressing sensor provided in the opening / closing unit 12 reaches a predetermined pressure. In the predetermined pressure, as the processing of the initial registration unit 65 of the control unit 50, pressure data acquired when the user wears the wearing device 1 is registered. The predetermined pressure can be acquired as different pressure data depending on the wrist circumference or the elasticity of the wrist.
 以上のような構成によって、装着するユーザーが装着機器1において個人認証されたユーザーであるか否かを検出することができるため、より堅牢な個人認証処理が実現可能である。 With the configuration as described above, it is possible to detect whether or not the user to be mounted is a user who has been personally authenticated in the mounting device 1, so that a more robust personal authentication process can be realized.
 (変形例5)
 上述の実施形態および変形例において、制御部50では、非装着イベントIV3のイベントハンドラーの処理によって、結果データ85の有効フラグを「0」に設定するとしているが、そのような構成に限定されない。結果データ85の有効フラグを「0」に設定するタイミングとして次に挙げるような構成(1)~(3)で行われてもよい。
 判定処理部59では、このようなタイミングで、設定された有効フラグを参照して判定結果を出力することができる。また、このようなタイミングで認証処理部57を呼び出して個人認証を行ってもよい。尚、このような構成(1)~(3)は、単体でなく複数の構成が組み合わせられていてもよい。
(Modification 5)
In the embodiment and the modification described above, the control unit 50 sets the valid flag of the result data 85 to “0” by the event handler process of the non-wearing event IV3. However, the configuration is not limited to such a configuration. The timing for setting the valid flag of the result data 85 to “0” may be performed by the following configurations (1) to (3).
The determination processing unit 59 can output the determination result with reference to the set valid flag at such timing. In addition, personal authentication may be performed by calling the authentication processing unit 57 at such timing. Such configurations (1) to (3) may be combined with a plurality of configurations instead of a single unit.
 (1)生体維持情報取得部(生体維持情報の変化)
 装着機器1は、更に、ユーザーの生体の状態が維持されていることを判断するための生体維持情報を取得する生体維持情報取得部を備え、取得した生体維持情報に変化があった場合に、有効フラグを「0」に設定してもよい。尚、生体維持情報は生体反応情報の一例であり、生体維持情報取得部は生体反応情報取得部に相当する。
(1) Living body maintenance information acquisition unit (change in living body maintenance information)
The wearing device 1 further includes a biological maintenance information acquisition unit that acquires biological maintenance information for determining that the state of the user's biological body is maintained, and when the acquired biological maintenance information has changed, The valid flag may be set to “0”. The biological maintenance information is an example of biological reaction information, and the biological maintenance information acquisition unit corresponds to the biological reaction information acquisition unit.
 生体維持情報は、生体センサー23により検出される脈波波形、脈拍数、皮膚温度、皮膚深部の温度などの生体反応に関する情報である。生体維持情報は、一定期間毎(例えば、1回/秒)に継続的に測定される。生体維持の状態は、生存の維持、意識の維持、覚醒の維持といった状態であり、それぞれの状態が変化した状態、生存が途切れた、意識を失った、睡眠に陥ったといった生体維持の状態が変化した場合に上述の生体維持情報の測定値は変動する。測定値の変動状況を監視し、所定状態と比較することによって、生体維持の状態の変化を捉えることができる。例えば、脈波波形に所定の脈動波形が存在しなくなった場合には、生存維持の状態が変化したと判定する。 The living body maintenance information is information related to a biological reaction such as a pulse wave waveform, a pulse rate, a skin temperature, and a deep skin temperature detected by the biological sensor 23. The living body maintenance information is continuously measured at regular intervals (for example, once / second). The state of living body maintenance is the state of maintenance of survival, maintenance of consciousness, maintenance of awakening, and the state of living body maintenance such as the state that each state has changed, the survival has been interrupted, the consciousness has been lost, or the sleep has fallen into sleep. When it changes, the measured value of the above-mentioned living body maintenance information changes. By monitoring the fluctuation state of the measured value and comparing it with a predetermined state, it is possible to capture a change in the state of living body maintenance. For example, when a predetermined pulsation waveform no longer exists in the pulse waveform, it is determined that the state of survival maintenance has changed.
 また、生体維持情報として、動揺がない、急な運動量の変化がない、急な運動強度の変化がない、などの情報を算出する。これらの情報は、操作部37に備えられた加速度センサーから取得した単位時間当たりの体動情報と、脈拍数の変化の関係から算出することができる。
 これらの変動状況が所定状態になった場合に、イベントを発生させ、そのイベントハンドラーにおいて、結果データ85の有効フラグを「0」に設定する。
In addition, information such as no fluctuation, no sudden change in momentum, no sudden change in exercise intensity is calculated as the living body maintenance information. These pieces of information can be calculated from the relationship between the body motion information per unit time acquired from the acceleration sensor provided in the operation unit 37 and the change in the pulse rate.
When these fluctuation states become a predetermined state, an event is generated, and the valid flag of the result data 85 is set to “0” in the event handler.
 以上のような構成によって、ユーザーの生存が途切れた、意識を失った、睡眠に陥ったような支払い能力や支払う判断能力を失った場合に、支払い処理を受け付けないという対応が可能になる。また、ユーザーに動揺があった、ユーザーに急な動作が入った、ユーザーに急に負荷がかかる運動があった、といった、ユーザーに外部からなんらかの危険度の高い刺激が入ったことが推定される場合には、支払い処理を受け付けないといった対応が可能になる。 With the configuration as described above, when the user's survival is interrupted, the user loses consciousness, or the payment ability such as falling into sleep or the judgment ability to pay is lost, it becomes possible to cope with not accepting the payment process. Also, it is estimated that the user received some high-risk stimulus from the outside, such as when the user was upset, the user moved suddenly, or the user was subjected to a sudden exercise. In such a case, it is possible to cope with not accepting the payment process.
 (2)計時部(時刻の変化)
 装着機器1は、計時部39から取得した時刻が、所定時刻になった場合に、有効フラグを「0」に設定する。
 所定時刻は、制御部50の初期登録部65によりユーザーに設定させる時刻であり、個人認証の結果が有効な間の時刻を設定させるものである。つまり、所定時刻までの間は、個人認証処理の結果は有効であるが、所定時刻を経過すると個人認証処理の結果を無効とする。所定時刻は、例えば、毎朝6:00と決めておくことによって、毎朝6:00に個人認証処理の結果が無効となり、継続して装着機器1を利用したい場合は、あらためて個人認証処理を行うことができる。尚、所定時刻は、経過時間であってもよい。
 このような構成によって、所定時刻毎に個人認証処理が行われるため、セキュリティーの堅牢性が高まるとともに、所定時刻から一定の時間(例えば、毎朝6:00から30分間)は、個人認証処理のために必要な時間として計画的に確保しておくことができる。
(2) Timekeeping part (change in time)
The wearing device 1 sets the valid flag to “0” when the time acquired from the time measuring unit 39 reaches a predetermined time.
The predetermined time is a time set by the user by the initial registration unit 65 of the control unit 50, and sets a time during which the result of personal authentication is valid. In other words, the result of the personal authentication process is valid until the predetermined time, but the result of the personal authentication process is invalidated when the predetermined time elapses. For example, if the predetermined time is determined to be 6:00 every morning, the result of the personal authentication process becomes invalid at 6:00 every morning, and if the user wants to continue using the wearing device 1, the personal authentication process is performed again. Can do. The predetermined time may be an elapsed time.
With such a configuration, the personal authentication process is performed at every predetermined time, so that the robustness of security is increased and a certain time from the predetermined time (for example, every morning from 6:00 to 30 minutes) It is possible to reserve it as a necessary time in a planned manner.
 (3)位置情報取得部(位置情報の変化)
 装着機器1は、更に、ユーザーの位置情報を取得する測位センサー(位置情報取得部に相当)を備え、測位センサーから取得した位置情報が所定範囲から外れた場合に、有効フラグを「0」に設定してもよい。
 位置情報は、例えば、GNSS(Global Navigation Satellite System)衛星などから取得した信号に基づいて算出された位置情報であり、一定時間毎(例えば、1回/秒)に継続して取得することができる。
 所定範囲は、制御部50の初期登録部65によりユーザーに設定させる範囲であり、ユーザーが支払い処理を行う可能性のある場所を含むユーザーの行動範囲などが設定される。つまり、装着機器1がユーザーの行動範囲から外れた場合に、有効フラグが「0」に設定されるため、支払い処理などをする必要のない場所ではセキュリティーの堅牢性が更に高めることができる。
(3) Location information acquisition unit (change in location information)
The wearing device 1 further includes a positioning sensor (corresponding to a position information acquisition unit) that acquires user position information. When the position information acquired from the positioning sensor is out of a predetermined range, the valid flag is set to “0”. It may be set.
The position information is, for example, position information calculated based on a signal acquired from a GNSS (Global Navigation Satellite System) satellite or the like, and can be continuously acquired at regular time intervals (for example, once / second). .
The predetermined range is a range that is set by the user by the initial registration unit 65 of the control unit 50, and a user's action range including a place where the user may perform payment processing is set. That is, when the mounted device 1 is out of the user's action range, the validity flag is set to “0”, so that the robustness of security can be further enhanced in a place where payment processing is not necessary.
 (変形例6)
 上述の実施形態および変形例において、個人認証されたユーザーがユーザー自身の操作により装着中に一時的に装着を解除する(非装着状態にする)ことができる一時受付部を備えてもよい。
 一時受付部は、操作部37および表示部31を制御して、ユーザーから簡易的な照合キーを取得する。簡易的な照合キーは、例えば、4桁の文字や、質問に対する答え、などである。一時受付部は、簡易的な照合キーを、認証処理部57へ出力する。
 認証処理部57では、一時受付部から簡易的な照合キーを入力すると、装着イベントIV1のイベントハンドラーから呼び出されたときに、簡易的な照合キーをユーザーに入力させるように促す。ユーザーに入力させた文字列が簡易的な照合キーと一致した場合は、個人認証されたと判定し、結果データ85の照合結果を「1」、有効フラグを「1」に設定する。簡易的な照合キーが一致しなかった場合は、正規の個人認証処理が行われる。
(Modification 6)
In the above-described embodiment and modification, a user who has been personally authenticated may be provided with a temporary reception unit that can be temporarily released (set to a non-wearing state) during wearing by a user's own operation.
The temporary reception unit controls the operation unit 37 and the display unit 31 to acquire a simple collation key from the user. A simple collation key is, for example, a 4-digit character or an answer to a question. The temporary reception unit outputs a simple verification key to the authentication processing unit 57.
When a simple verification key is input from the temporary reception unit, the authentication processing unit 57 prompts the user to input a simple verification key when called from the event handler of the mounting event IV1. If the character string input by the user matches the simple collation key, it is determined that personal authentication has been performed, and the collation result of the result data 85 is set to “1” and the valid flag is set to “1”. If the simple verification keys do not match, regular personal authentication processing is performed.
 このような構成により、例えば、ユーザーが自身の意思により、一時的に非装着にしたい場合に、簡易な手順で個人認証に復帰することができる。例えば、入浴の前後や手洗いの前後などでは便利な機能である。尚、簡易的な照合キーの照合は、簡易的な個人認証を行わせること、に相当する。 With such a configuration, for example, when the user wants to temporarily remove the wearer for his own intention, the personal authentication can be restored with a simple procedure. For example, it is a convenient function before and after bathing and before and after hand washing. Note that the simple collation key collation corresponds to performing simple personal authentication.
 (変形例7)
 上述の実施形態および変形例において、受付処理部61では、ユーザーに操作させる所定操作を簡易的な暗証番号を入力させ、照合する例示をしたが、所定操作は入力操作に限らない。例えば、装着機器1を振る操作、装着機器1をタップする操作などのアクション操作であってもよい。操作部37に備えられる加速度センサーにより検出される加速度信号のパターンを所定のパターンと比較することにより特定することができる。
 また、上述の変形例における一時受付部においては、照合キーによる入力と照合を例示したが、同様に装着機器1に対するアクション操作であってもよい。
(Modification 7)
In the above-described embodiment and modification, the reception processing unit 61 has been illustrated by inputting a simple personal identification number and collating the predetermined operation to be operated by the user, but the predetermined operation is not limited to the input operation. For example, an action operation such as an operation of shaking the mounted device 1 or an operation of tapping the mounted device 1 may be used. The acceleration signal pattern detected by the acceleration sensor provided in the operation unit 37 can be identified by comparing with a predetermined pattern.
Moreover, in the temporary reception part in the above-mentioned modified example, although the input and collation by a collation key were illustrated, action operation with respect to the mounting apparatus 1 may be sufficient.
 (変形例8)
 上述の実施形態および変形例において、図7に示した認証リクエスト処理(ステップS60)は、支払要求イベントIV5が発生した場合のイベントハンドラーであるとしているが、支払い処理システムから支払要求を受信するか否かを事前に判定させる処理を加えてもよい。例えば、支払い処理を行う前に、ユーザーによって所定の操作(例えば、装着機器1を3回タップする、など)が行われた場合に、支払要求を受信するという処理を加える。このような所定の操作を加えることにより、支払い処理が必要な時のみ、通信部41および要求検出処理部56による受信待ち状態とすることができ、支払い処理が必要でない時の、受信待ちに要する消費電力を抑えることができる。
(Modification 8)
In the above-described embodiment and modification, the authentication request process (step S60) shown in FIG. 7 is an event handler when the payment request event IV5 occurs, but is the payment request received from the payment processing system? You may add the process which makes it determine in advance. For example, before a payment process is performed, when a predetermined operation (for example, tapping the mounted device 1 three times) is performed by the user, a process of receiving a payment request is added. By adding such a predetermined operation, the communication unit 41 and the request detection processing unit 56 can be in a reception waiting state only when payment processing is necessary, and it is necessary to wait for reception when payment processing is not necessary. Power consumption can be reduced.
 1…装着機器、5…料金システム、5A…支払い処理、5B…支払い処理、7…通信、10…装着部、11…バンド、12…開閉部、20…生体情報検出部、21…撮像センサー、23…生体センサー、30…報知部、31…表示部、33…音出力部、35…振動部、37…操作部、39…計時部、41…通信部、50…制御部、52…検出処理部、53…装着検出部、55…非装着検出部、56…要求検出処理部、57…認証処理部、59…判定処理部、61…受付処理部、63…告知処理部、65…初期登録部、67…イベント処理部、70…記憶部、72…個人情報テーブル、73…個人情報データ、75…カード情報データ、81…登録認証データ、83…取得認証データ、85…結果データ。 DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 ... Wearing apparatus, 5 ... Charge system, 5A ... Payment process, 5B ... Payment process, 7 ... Communication, 10 ... Wearing part, 11 ... Band, 12 ... Opening / closing part, 20 ... Biometric information detection part, 21 ... Imaging sensor, DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 23 ... Biosensor, 30 ... Notification part, 31 ... Display part, 33 ... Sound output part, 35 ... Vibration part, 37 ... Operation part, 39 ... Time measuring part, 41 ... Communication part, 50 ... Control part, 52 ... Detection process , 53... Mounting detection unit, 55... Non-mounting detection unit, 56... Request detection processing unit, 57... Authentication processing unit, 59 ... determination processing unit, 61 ... reception processing unit, 63 ... notification processing unit, 65. , 67 ... event processing part, 70 ... storage part, 72 ... personal information table, 73 ... personal information data, 75 ... card information data, 81 ... registration authentication data, 83 ... acquisition authentication data, 85 ... result data.

Claims (13)

  1.  使用者に装着可能な装着機器であって、
     前記装着機器が装着された前記使用者の個人認証を行う認証部と、
     前記装着機器の装着状態を検出する検出部と、
     前記検出部により検出された前記装着状態に基づいて、前記個人認証の結果を有効とするか、または無効とするかを判定する判定部と、
     前記認証部により前記使用者が前記個人認証された後で、前記判定部により前記個人認証の結果を有効とすることが判定された場合は、前記認証部による前記個人認証を省略して前記個人認証の結果を出力する制御部と、
     を備えることを特徴とする装着機器。
    A wearing device that can be worn by a user,
    An authentication unit for performing personal authentication of the user to which the wearing device is attached;
    A detection unit for detecting a wearing state of the wearing device;
    A determination unit that determines whether the result of the personal authentication is valid or invalid based on the wearing state detected by the detection unit;
    When the authentication unit determines that the result of the personal authentication is valid after the user is authenticated by the authentication unit, the personal authentication by the authentication unit is omitted. A control unit for outputting the authentication result;
    A mounting device comprising:
  2.  前記装着機器は、さらに、
     前記装着機器の装着解除指示を受け付ける受付部と、
     情報を視覚、聴覚、および触覚の少なくとも1つを含む生体の感覚を刺激して告知する告知部と、
     を備え、
     前記制御部は、前記使用者が前記受付部へ前記装着解除指示をしていない非受付時に、前記検出部により前記装着状態が非装着となった場合には、前記告知部によって異常情報を告知することを特徴とする請求項1に記載の装着機器。
    The wearing device further includes:
    A receiving unit for receiving a mounting release instruction of the mounting device;
    A notification unit for stimulating and notifying information of a living body including at least one of visual, auditory, and tactile information;
    With
    The control unit notifies abnormality information by the notification unit when the wearing state is not mounted by the detection unit when the user does not receive the mounting release instruction to the receiving unit and is not received. The wearing device according to claim 1, wherein:
  3.  前記装着機器は、さらに、
     クレジットカード機能、キャッシュカード機能、デビットカード機能、およびネットバンキング機能の少なくとも1つの機能が用いられた金融処理を可能とする金融処理情報を記憶する記憶部を備え、
     前記制御部は、前記認証部により前記装着機器が装着された前記使用者が前記個人認証された後で、前記判定部により前記個人認証の結果を有効とすることが判定された場合は、前記金融処理を実行し、
     前記個人認証の結果を無効とすると判定された場合では、前記金融処理は実行不可とすることを特徴とする請求項1又は請求項2に記載の装着機器。
    The wearing device further includes:
    A storage unit that stores financial processing information that enables financial processing using at least one of a credit card function, a cash card function, a debit card function, and a net banking function;
    The control unit, when the determination unit determines that the result of the personal authentication is valid after the user who has mounted the wearing device is authenticated by the authentication unit, Perform financial processing,
    The wearing device according to claim 1 or 2, wherein if it is determined that the result of the personal authentication is invalid, the financial processing is not executable.
  4.  前記装着機器は、さらに、
     前記使用者に装着するための装着部を備え、
     前記装着部は、前記使用者の手首の周囲に環状形状を成し、
     前記装着部は、前記環状形状を開閉する開閉部を有し、
     前記検出部は、前記開閉部が開いた場合に、前記装着状態を非装着として検出することを特徴とする請求項1から請求項3のいずれか1項に記載の装着機器。
    The wearing device further includes:
    A mounting portion for mounting on the user;
    The mounting portion has an annular shape around the wrist of the user,
    The mounting portion has an opening / closing portion that opens and closes the annular shape,
    The mounting device according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the detection unit detects that the mounting state is not mounted when the opening / closing unit is opened.
  5.  前記装着機器は、さらに、
     前記使用者に装着するための装着部を備え、
     前記装着部は、前記使用者の手首の周囲に環状形状を成し、
     前記装着部は、前記環状形状の周長を可変に調整する調整部を有し、
     前記検出部は、前記調整部により装着状態の周長から所定の長さ分長くなった場合に、前記装着状態を非装着として検出することを特徴とする請求項1から請求項3のいずれか1項に記載の装着機器。
    The wearing device further includes:
    A mounting portion for mounting on the user;
    The mounting portion has an annular shape around the wrist of the user,
    The mounting portion has an adjustment portion that variably adjusts the circumference of the annular shape,
    4. The detection unit according to claim 1, wherein the detection unit detects the wearing state as non-wearing when the adjustment unit increases the circumference of the wearing state by a predetermined length. 5. The wearing device according to Item 1.
  6.  前記認証部は、前記使用者の生体情報を取得し、前記個人認証を行うことを特徴とする請求項1から請求項5のいずれか1項に記載の装着機器。 The wearing device according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the authentication unit acquires the user's biometric information and performs the personal authentication.
  7.  前記認証部は、前記使用者が入力する暗証番号によって、前記個人認証を行うことを特徴とする請求項1から請求項6のいずれか1項に記載の装着機器。 The wearing device according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the authentication unit performs the personal authentication based on a password entered by the user.
  8.  前記認証部は、コンピューター通信網を介して認証サーバーと接続し、前記使用者から取得した情報と前記認証サーバーに記憶される前記使用者の固有情報とを照合して前記個人認証を行うことを特徴とする請求項1から請求項7のいずれか1項に記載の装着機器。 The authentication unit is connected to an authentication server via a computer communication network, and performs personal authentication by collating information acquired from the user with unique information of the user stored in the authentication server. The mounting device according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the mounting device is characterized.
  9.  前記装着機器は、さらに、
     前記使用者の生体反応を検出し生体反応情報を取得する生体反応情報取得部を備え、
     前記判定部は、前記生体反応情報取得部により前記生体反応情報が継続して検出されているか否かの情報に基づいて、前記個人認証した結果を有効とするか、または無効とするかを判定することを特徴とする請求項1から請求項8のいずれか1項に記載の装着機器。
    The wearing device further includes:
    A biological reaction information acquisition unit for detecting the biological reaction of the user and acquiring biological reaction information;
    The determination unit determines whether to validate or invalidate the personal authentication result based on information on whether or not the biological reaction information is continuously detected by the biological reaction information acquisition unit. The mounting device according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein:
  10.  前記装着機器は、さらに、
     時刻を計時する計時部と、前記装着機器の位置を取得する位置情報取得部と、前記使用者の生体反応を検出し生体反応情報を取得する生体反応情報取得部と、のうち少なくとも1つを備え、
     前記認証部は、前記時刻が所定時刻になった場合、前記位置が所定範囲から外れた場合、および前記生体反応情報が変化した場合、のうち少なくとも1の場合に前記使用者の前記個人認証を行うことを特徴とする請求項1から請求項8のいずれか1項に記載の装着機器。
    The wearing device further includes:
    At least one of a timing unit that measures time, a position information acquisition unit that acquires the position of the mounted device, and a biological reaction information acquisition unit that detects biological reaction of the user and acquires biological reaction information. Prepared,
    The authentication unit performs the personal authentication of the user in at least one of the case where the time is a predetermined time, the position is out of a predetermined range, and the biological reaction information is changed. The mounting device according to claim 1, wherein the mounting device is performed.
  11.  前記装着機器は、さらに、
     前記装着機器の一時的な装着解除を受け付ける一時受付部を備え、
     前記制御部は、前記個人認証された使用者から前記一時的な装着解除を受け付けた場合には、前記認証部に簡易的な個人認証を行わせることを特徴とする請求項1から請求項10のいずれか1項に記載の装着機器。
    The wearing device further includes:
    A temporary reception unit for receiving temporary release of the attached device;
    The said control part makes the said authentication part perform simple personal authentication, when the said temporary mounting | wearing cancellation | release is received from the user who carried out the personal authentication. The mounting device according to any one of the above.
  12.  前記検出部は、
     前記使用者の手首への接触押圧を検出し、前記使用者の装着時の前記接触押圧に基づいて前記装着状態を検出することを特徴とする請求項1から請求項11のいずれか1項に記載の装着機器。
    The detector is
    The contact state to the wrist of the user is detected, and the wearing state is detected based on the contact pressure at the time of the user's wearing. The mounting equipment described.
  13.  前記装着機器は、さらに、
     電力を発現する電力発現部を備え、
     前記装着機器は、前記電力発現部からの電力により動作することを特徴とする請求項1から請求項12のいずれか1項に記載の装着機器。
    The wearing device further includes:
    Provided with a power expression unit that generates power,
    The mounting device according to any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein the mounting device is operated by electric power from the power generating unit.
PCT/JP2017/004269 2016-02-24 2017-02-06 Wearable device WO2017145730A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US16/079,448 US20190053739A1 (en) 2016-02-24 2017-02-06 Wearable apparatus, settlement system, and settlement method

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016032760 2016-02-24
JP2016-032760 2016-02-24
JP2016-092314 2016-05-02
JP2016092314A JP2017201441A (en) 2016-05-02 2016-05-02 Wearable device, settlement system, and settlement method
JP2016-096809 2016-05-13
JP2016096809A JP2017151943A (en) 2016-02-24 2016-05-13 Mounting instrument, settlement system, and settlement method

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017145730A1 true WO2017145730A1 (en) 2017-08-31

Family

ID=59686168

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2017/004269 WO2017145730A1 (en) 2016-02-24 2017-02-06 Wearable device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2017145730A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110084025A (en) * 2019-04-29 2019-08-02 努比亚技术有限公司 A kind of safety of payment verification method, equipment and computer readable storage medium
WO2019220742A1 (en) * 2018-05-16 2019-11-21 ソニー株式会社 Information processing device, information processing method, information processing program, terminal device, terminal device control method, and control program
CN111493845A (en) * 2020-05-20 2020-08-07 上海掌门科技有限公司 Pulse acquisition device

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2000040136A (en) * 1998-07-24 2000-02-08 Brother Ind Ltd Personal terminal equipment
JP2005071225A (en) * 2003-08-27 2005-03-17 Sony Corp Electronic equipment and authentication method
JP2005538430A (en) * 2001-12-05 2005-12-15 ヒューレット・パッカード・カンパニー Secure operation of universal device based on whether authenticated user continues to wear universal device after starting use
JP2010059648A (en) * 2008-09-02 2010-03-18 Takenaka Komuten Co Ltd Air shower system with authentication function
WO2014202951A1 (en) * 2013-06-18 2014-12-24 Arm Ip Limited Trusted device
JP2015158708A (en) * 2014-02-21 2015-09-03 京セラ株式会社 Wearable terminal, crime prevention program and crime prevention method

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2000040136A (en) * 1998-07-24 2000-02-08 Brother Ind Ltd Personal terminal equipment
JP2005538430A (en) * 2001-12-05 2005-12-15 ヒューレット・パッカード・カンパニー Secure operation of universal device based on whether authenticated user continues to wear universal device after starting use
JP2005071225A (en) * 2003-08-27 2005-03-17 Sony Corp Electronic equipment and authentication method
JP2010059648A (en) * 2008-09-02 2010-03-18 Takenaka Komuten Co Ltd Air shower system with authentication function
WO2014202951A1 (en) * 2013-06-18 2014-12-24 Arm Ip Limited Trusted device
JP2015158708A (en) * 2014-02-21 2015-09-03 京セラ株式会社 Wearable terminal, crime prevention program and crime prevention method

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019220742A1 (en) * 2018-05-16 2019-11-21 ソニー株式会社 Information processing device, information processing method, information processing program, terminal device, terminal device control method, and control program
JPWO2019220742A1 (en) * 2018-05-16 2021-07-01 ソニーグループ株式会社 Information processing device, information processing method, information processing program, terminal device, control method and control program of terminal device
US11263885B2 (en) 2018-05-16 2022-03-01 Sony Corporation Information processing device, information processing method, information processing program, terminal device, and method for controlling terminal device
JP7384154B2 (en) 2018-05-16 2023-11-21 ソニーグループ株式会社 Information processing device, information processing method, information processing program, terminal device, terminal device control method and control program
CN110084025A (en) * 2019-04-29 2019-08-02 努比亚技术有限公司 A kind of safety of payment verification method, equipment and computer readable storage medium
CN110084025B (en) * 2019-04-29 2024-03-19 努比亚技术有限公司 Payment security verification method, device and computer readable storage medium
CN111493845A (en) * 2020-05-20 2020-08-07 上海掌门科技有限公司 Pulse acquisition device
CN111493845B (en) * 2020-05-20 2024-01-16 上海掌门科技有限公司 Pulse acquisition device

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10542915B2 (en) Systems, apparatus, and methods for using a wearable device to confirm the identity of an individual
US10318958B2 (en) Smart watch and operating method using the same
US20190053739A1 (en) Wearable apparatus, settlement system, and settlement method
US10699262B2 (en) User device enabling access to payment information in response to mechanical input detection
KR101938950B1 (en) Proximity based and data exchange and user authentication between smart wearable devices
JP4633347B2 (en) Electronics
EP3078157B1 (en) A wearable device and a method for storing credentials associated with an electronic device in said wearable device
JP6380995B2 (en) Biometrics person authentication
CN109478288B (en) Virtual reality system and information processing system
WO2017145730A1 (en) Wearable device
JP6759613B2 (en) Portable devices and programs
WO2016082783A1 (en) Identity authentication method and system
EP3871433A1 (en) Cryptographic process for portable devices, and user presence and/or access authorization system and method employing same
JP2017151943A (en) Mounting instrument, settlement system, and settlement method
JP2017201441A (en) Wearable device, settlement system, and settlement method
JP6785611B2 (en) Biometric device and method
US20220147611A1 (en) Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program
RU2817264C9 (en) Method of protecting electronic multifunctional mobile device from unauthorized access
RU2817264C2 (en) Method of protecting electronic multifunctional mobile device from unauthorized access
WO2021115620A1 (en) A method and device for identifying a living organism
EP3502937A1 (en) Method for visually capturing a code for locking or unlocking of functions
CN109255217A (en) Wearable device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17756171

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 17756171

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1